aboutsummaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1')
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/basename.1.txt46
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/cat.1.txt73
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/chgrp.1.txt91
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/chmod.1.txt143
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/chown.1.txt122
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/chroot.1.txt49
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/cksum.1.txt45
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/comm.1.txt55
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/cp.1.txt167
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/csplit.1.txt90
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/cut.1.txt95
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/date.1.txt180
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/dd.1.txt164
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/df.1.txt113
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/dir.1.txt233
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/dircolors.1.txt60
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/dirname.1.txt47
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/du.1.txt137
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/echo.1.txt79
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/env.1.txt54
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/expand.1.txt61
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/expr.1.txt121
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/factor.1.txt52
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/false.1.txt47
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/fmt.1.txt70
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/fold.1.txt57
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/gawk.1.txt1972
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/groups.1.txt44
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/head.1.txt69
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/hostid.1.txt48
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/hostname.1.txt46
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/id.1.txt65
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/igawk.1.txt53
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/install.1.txt114
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/join.1.txt87
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/kill.1.txt66
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/link.1.txt46
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/ln.1.txt110
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/logname.1.txt44
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/ls.1.txt233
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/md5sum.1.txt70
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/mkdir.1.txt58
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/mkfifo.1.txt51
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/mknod.1.txt63
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/mv.1.txt106
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/nice.1.txt50
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/nl.1.txt106
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/nohup.1.txt46
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/od.1.txt147
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/paste.1.txt56
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/pathchk.1.txt48
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/pgawk.1.txt1972
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/pinky.1.txt68
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/pr.1.txt150
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/printenv.1.txt45
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/printf.1.txt96
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/ptx.1.txt105
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/pwd.1.txt50
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/readlink.1.txt70
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/rm.1.txt93
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/rmdir.1.txt57
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/sed.1.txt321
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/seq.1.txt66
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/sha1sum.1.txt70
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/shred.1.txt116
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/sleep.1.txt49
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/sort.1.txt124
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/split.1.txt71
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/stat.1.txt136
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/stty.1.txt403
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/su.1.txt64
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/sum.1.txt51
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/sync.1.txt44
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/tac.1.txt57
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/tail.1.txt104
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/tee.1.txt55
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/test.1.txt171
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/touch.1.txt75
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/tr.1.txt142
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/true.1.txt47
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/tsort.1.txt46
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/tty.1.txt49
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/uname.1.txt72
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/unexpand.1.txt66
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/uniq.1.txt78
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/unlink.1.txt46
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/uptime.1.txt49
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/users.1.txt47
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/vdir.1.txt233
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/wc.1.txt62
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/who.1.txt98
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/whoami.1.txt45
-rw-r--r--coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/yes.1.txt46
93 files changed, 12058 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/basename.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/basename.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..036ef43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/basename.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+BASENAME(1) User Commands BASENAME(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ basename - strip directory and suffix from filenames
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ basename NAME [SUFFIX]
+ basename OPTION
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Print NAME with any leading directory components
+ removed. If specified, also remove a trailing SUFFIX.
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by FIXME unknown.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for basename is maintained as a
+ Texinfo manual. If the info and basename programs are
+ properly installed at your site, the command
+
+ info basename
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+basename 5.3.0 November 2004 BASENAME(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/cat.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/cat.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3672f0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/cat.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+CAT(1) User Commands CAT(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ cat - concatenate files and print on the standard output
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ cat [OPTION] [FILE]...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Concatenate FILE(s), or standard input, to standard out-
+ put.
+
+ -A, --show-all
+ equivalent to -vET
+
+ -b, --number-nonblank
+ number nonblank output lines
+
+ -e equivalent to -vE
+
+ -E, --show-ends
+ display $ at end of each line
+
+ -n, --number
+ number all output lines
+
+ -s, --squeeze-blank
+ never more than one single blank line
+
+ -t equivalent to -vT
+
+ -T, --show-tabs
+ display TAB characters as ^I
+
+ -u (ignored)
+
+ -v, --show-nonprinting
+ use ^ and M- notation, except for LFD and TAB
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ With no FILE, or when FILE is -, read standard input.
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Torbjorn Granlund and Richard M. Stallman.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for cat is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and cat programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info cat
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/chgrp.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/chgrp.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9ba4c4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/chgrp.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+CHGRP(1) User Commands CHGRP(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ chgrp - change group ownership
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ chgrp [OPTION]... GROUP FILE...
+ chgrp [OPTION]... --reference=RFILE FILE...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Change the group of each FILE to GROUP. With --refer-
+ ence, change the group of each FILE to that of RFILE.
+
+ -c, --changes
+ like verbose but report only when a change is
+ made
+
+ --dereference
+ affect the referent of each symbolic link, rather
+ than the symbolic link itself (this is the
+ default)
+
+ -h, --no-dereference
+ affect each symbolic link instead of any refer-
+ enced file (useful only on systems that can
+ change the ownership of a symlink)
+
+ --no-preserve-root do not treat `/' specially (the
+ default)
+
+ --preserve-root
+ fail to operate recursively on `/'
+
+ -f, --silent, --quiet
+ suppress most error messages
+
+ --reference=RFILE
+ use RFILE's group rather than the specifying
+ GROUP value
+
+ -R, --recursive
+ operate on files and directories recursively
+
+ -v, --verbose
+ output a diagnostic for every file processed
+
+ The following options modify how a hierarchy is tra-
+ versed when the -R option is also specified. If more
+ than one is specified, only the final one takes effect.
+
+ -H if a command line argument is a symbolic link to
+ a directory, traverse it
+
+ -L traverse every symbolic link to a directory
+ encountered
+
+ -P do not traverse any symbolic links (default)
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by David MacKenzie and Jim Meyering.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for chgrp is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and chgrp programs are prop-
+ erly installed at your site, the command
+
+ info chgrp
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+chgrp 5.3.0 November 2004 CHGRP(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/chmod.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/chmod.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..273bb40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/chmod.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+CHMOD(1) User Commands CHMOD(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ chmod - change file access permissions
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ chmod [OPTION]... MODE[,MODE]... FILE...
+ chmod [OPTION]... OCTAL-MODE FILE...
+ chmod [OPTION]... --reference=RFILE FILE...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ This manual page documents the GNU version of chmod.
+ chmod changes the permissions of each given file accord-
+ ing to mode, which can be either a symbolic representa-
+ tion of changes to make, or an octal number representing
+ the bit pattern for the new permissions.
+
+ The format of a symbolic mode is `[ugoa...][[+-=][rwxXs-
+ tugo...]...][,...]'. Multiple symbolic operations can
+ be given, separated by commas.
+
+ A combination of the letters `ugoa' controls which
+ users' access to the file will be changed: the user who
+ owns it (u), other users in the file's group (g), other
+ users not in the file's group (o), or all users (a). If
+ none of these are given, the effect is as if `a' were
+ given, but bits that are set in the umask are not
+ affected.
+
+ The operator `+' causes the permissions selected to be
+ added to the existing permissions of each file; `-'
+ causes them to be removed; and `=' causes them to be the
+ only permissions that the file has.
+
+ The letters `rwxXstugo' select the new permissions for
+ the affected users: read (r), write (w), execute (or
+ access for directories) (x), execute only if the file is
+ a directory or already has execute permission for some
+ user (X), set user or group ID on execution (s), sticky
+ (t), the permissions granted to the user who owns the
+ file (u), the permissions granted to other users who are
+ members of the file's group (g), and the permissions
+ granted to users that are in neither of the two preced-
+ ing categories (o).
+
+ A numeric mode is from one to four octal digits (0-7),
+ derived by adding up the bits with values 4, 2, and 1.
+ Any omitted digits are assumed to be leading zeros. The
+ first digit selects the set user ID (4) and set group ID
+ (2) and sticky (1) attributes. The second digit selects
+ permissions for the user who owns the file: read (4),
+ write (2), and execute (1); the third selects permis-
+ sions for other users in the file's group, with the same
+ values; and the fourth for other users not in the file's
+ group, with the same values.
+
+ chmod never changes the permissions of symbolic links;
+ the chmod system call cannot change their permissions.
+ This is not a problem since the permissions of symbolic
+ links are never used. However, for each symbolic link
+ listed on the command line, chmod changes the permis-
+ sions of the pointed-to file. In contrast, chmod
+ ignores symbolic links encountered during recursive
+ directory traversals.
+
+STICKY FILES
+ On older Unix systems, the sticky bit caused executable
+ files to be hoarded in swap space. This feature is not
+ useful on modern VM systems, and the Linux kernel
+ ignores the sticky bit on files. Other kernels may use
+ the sticky bit on files for system-defined purposes. On
+ some systems, only the superuser can set the sticky bit
+ on files.
+
+STICKY DIRECTORIES
+ When the sticky bit is set on a directory, files in that
+ directory may be unlinked or renamed only by root or
+ their owner. Without the sticky bit, anyone able to
+ write to the directory can delete or rename files. The
+ sticky bit is commonly found on directories, such as
+ /tmp, that are world-writable.
+
+OPTIONS
+ Change the mode of each FILE to MODE.
+
+ -c, --changes
+ like verbose but report only when a change is
+ made
+
+ --no-preserve-root
+ do not treat `/' specially (the default)
+
+ --preserve-root
+ fail to operate recursively on `/'
+
+ -f, --silent, --quiet
+ suppress most error messages
+
+ -v, --verbose
+ output a diagnostic for every file processed
+
+ --reference=RFILE
+ use RFILE's mode instead of MODE values
+
+ -R, --recursive
+ change files and directories recursively
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ Each MODE is one or more of the letters ugoa, one of the
+ symbols +-= and one or more of the letters rwxXstugo.
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by David MacKenzie and Jim Meyering.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for chmod is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and chmod programs are prop-
+ erly installed at your site, the command
+
+ info chmod
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+chmod 5.3.0 November 2004 CHMOD(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/chown.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/chown.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9daec34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/chown.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+CHOWN(1) User Commands CHOWN(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ chown - change file owner and group
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ chown [OPTION]... [OWNER][:[GROUP]] FILE...
+ chown [OPTION]... --reference=RFILE FILE...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ This manual page documents the GNU version of chown.
+ chown changes the user and/or group ownership of each
+ given file, according to its first non-option argument,
+ which is interpreted as follows. If only a user name
+ (or numeric user ID) is given, that user is made the
+ owner of each given file, and the files' group is not
+ changed. If the user name is followed by a colon or dot
+ and a group name (or numeric group ID), with no spaces
+ between them, the group ownership of the files is
+ changed as well. If a colon or dot but no group name
+ follows the user name, that user is made the owner of
+ the files and the group of the files is changed to that
+ user's login group. If the colon or dot and group are
+ given, but the user name is omitted, only the group of
+ the files is changed; in this case, chown performs the
+ same function as chgrp.
+
+OPTIONS
+ Change the owner and/or group of each FILE to OWNER
+ and/or GROUP. With --reference, change the owner and
+ group of each FILE to those of RFILE.
+
+ -c, --changes
+ like verbose but report only when a change is
+ made
+
+ --dereference
+ affect the referent of each symbolic link, rather
+ than the symbolic link itself (this is the
+ default)
+
+ -h, --no-dereference
+ affect each symbolic link instead of any refer-
+ enced file (useful only on systems that can
+ change the ownership of a symlink)
+
+ --from=CURRENT_OWNER:CURRENT_GROUP
+ change the owner and/or group of each file only
+ if its current owner and/or group match those
+ specified here. Either may be omitted, in which
+ case a match is not required for the omitted
+ attribute.
+
+ --no-preserve-root do not treat `/' specially (the
+ default)
+
+ --preserve-root
+ fail to operate recursively on `/'
+
+ -f, --silent, --quiet
+ suppress most error messages
+
+ --reference=RFILE
+ use RFILE's owner and group rather than the spec-
+ ifying OWNER:GROUP values
+
+ -R, --recursive
+ operate on files and directories recursively
+
+ -v, --verbose
+ output a diagnostic for every file processed
+
+ The following options modify how a hierarchy is tra-
+ versed when the -R option is also specified. If more
+ than one is specified, only the final one takes effect.
+
+ -H if a command line argument is a symbolic link to
+ a directory, traverse it
+
+ -L traverse every symbolic link to a directory
+ encountered
+
+ -P do not traverse any symbolic links (default)
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ Owner is unchanged if missing. Group is unchanged if
+ missing, but changed to login group if implied by a `:'
+ following a symbolic OWNER. OWNER and GROUP may be
+ numeric as well as symbolic.
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by David MacKenzie and Jim Meyering.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for chown is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and chown programs are prop-
+ erly installed at your site, the command
+
+ info chown
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+chown 5.3.0 November 2004 CHOWN(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/chroot.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/chroot.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c9a639f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/chroot.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+CHROOT(1) User Commands CHROOT(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ chroot - run command or interactive shell with special
+ root directory
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ chroot NEWROOT [COMMAND...]
+ chroot OPTION
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Run COMMAND with root directory set to NEWROOT.
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ If no command is given, run ``${SHELL} -i'' (default:
+ /bin/sh).
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Roland McGrath.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for chroot is maintained as a
+ Texinfo manual. If the info and chroot programs are
+ properly installed at your site, the command
+
+ info chroot
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+chroot 5.3.0 November 2004 CHROOT(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/cksum.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/cksum.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b21f41f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/cksum.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+CKSUM(1) User Commands CKSUM(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ cksum - checksum and count the bytes in a file
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ cksum [FILE]...
+ cksum [OPTION]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Print CRC checksum and byte counts of each FILE.
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Q. Frank Xia.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for cksum is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and cksum programs are prop-
+ erly installed at your site, the command
+
+ info cksum
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+cksum (coreutils) 5.3.0 November 2004 CKSUM(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/comm.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/comm.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f2ac7f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/comm.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+COMM(1) User Commands COMM(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ comm - compare two sorted files line by line
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ comm [OPTION]... FILE1 FILE2
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Compare sorted files FILE1 and FILE2 line by line.
+
+ With no options, produce three-column output. Column
+ one contains lines unique to FILE1, column two contains
+ lines unique to FILE2, and column three contains lines
+ common to both files.
+
+ -1 suppress lines unique to FILE1
+
+ -2 suppress lines unique to FILE2
+
+ -3 suppress lines that appear in both files
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Richard Stallman and David MacKenzie.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for comm is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and comm programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info comm
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+comm 5.3.0 December 2004 COMM(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/cp.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/cp.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c30a403
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/cp.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+CP(1) User Commands CP(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ cp - copy files and directories
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ cp [OPTION]... [-T] SOURCE DEST
+ cp [OPTION]... SOURCE... DIRECTORY
+ cp [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SOURCE...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Copy SOURCE to DEST, or multiple SOURCE(s) to DIRECTORY.
+
+ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for
+ short options too.
+
+ -a, --archive
+ same as -dpR
+
+ --backup[=CONTROL]
+ make a backup of each existing destination file
+
+ -b like --backup but does not accept an argument
+
+ --copy-contents
+ copy contents of special files when recursive
+
+ -d same as --no-dereference --preserve=link
+
+ --no-dereference
+ never follow symbolic links
+
+ -f, --force
+ if an existing destination file cannot be opened,
+ remove it and try again
+
+ -i, --interactive
+ prompt before overwrite
+
+ -H follow command-line symbolic links
+
+ -l, --link
+ link files instead of copying
+
+ -L, --dereference
+ always follow symbolic links
+
+ -p same as --preserve=mode,ownership,timestamps
+
+ --preserve[=ATTR_LIST]
+ preserve the specified attributes (default:
+ mode,ownership,timestamps), if possible addi-
+ tional attributes: links, all
+
+ --no-preserve=ATTR_LIST
+ don't preserve the specified attributes
+
+ --parents
+ append source path to DIRECTORY
+
+ -P same as `--no-dereference'
+
+ -R, -r, --recursive
+ copy directories recursively
+
+ --remove-destination
+ remove each existing destination file before
+ attempting to open it (contrast with --force)
+
+ --reply={yes,no,query}
+ specify how to handle the prompt about an exist-
+ ing destination file
+
+ --sparse=WHEN
+ control creation of sparse files
+
+ --strip-trailing-slashes remove any trailing slashes
+ from each SOURCE
+ argument
+
+ -s, --symbolic-link
+ make symbolic links instead of copying
+
+ -S, --suffix=SUFFIX
+ override the usual backup suffix
+
+ -t, --target-directory=DIRECTORY
+ copy all SOURCE arguments into DIRECTORY
+
+ -T, --no-target-directory
+ treat DEST as a normal file
+
+ -u, --update
+ copy only when the SOURCE file is newer than the
+ destination file or when the destination file is
+ missing
+
+ -v, --verbose
+ explain what is being done
+
+ -x, --one-file-system
+ stay on this file system
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ By default, sparse SOURCE files are detected by a crude
+ heuristic and the corresponding DEST file is made sparse
+ as well. That is the behavior selected by
+ --sparse=auto. Specify --sparse=always to create a
+ sparse DEST file whenever the SOURCE file contains a
+ long enough sequence of zero bytes. Use --sparse=never
+ to inhibit creation of sparse files.
+
+ The backup suffix is `~', unless set with --suffix or
+ SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX. The version control method may be
+ selected via the --backup option or through the VER-
+ SION_CONTROL environment variable. Here are the values:
+
+ none, off
+ never make backups (even if --backup is given)
+
+ numbered, t
+ make numbered backups
+
+ existing, nil
+ numbered if numbered backups exist, simple other-
+ wise
+
+ simple, never
+ always make simple backups
+
+ As a special case, cp makes a backup of SOURCE when the
+ force and backup options are given and SOURCE and DEST
+ are the same name for an existing, regular file.
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Torbjorn Granlund, David MacKenzie, and Jim
+ Meyering.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for cp is maintained as a Texinfo
+ manual. If the info and cp programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info cp
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+cp 5.3.0 November 2004 CP(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/csplit.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/csplit.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e0061fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/csplit.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+CSPLIT(1) User Commands CSPLIT(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ csplit - split a file into sections determined by con-
+ text lines
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ csplit [OPTION]... FILE PATTERN...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Output pieces of FILE separated by PATTERN(s) to files
+ `xx01', `xx02', ..., and output byte counts of each
+ piece to standard output.
+
+ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for
+ short options too.
+
+ -b, --suffix-format=FORMAT use sprintf FORMAT instead of
+ %02d
+
+ -f, --prefix=PREFIX
+ use PREFIX instead of `xx'
+
+ -k, --keep-files
+ do not remove output files on errors
+
+ -n, --digits=DIGITS
+ use specified number of digits instead of 2
+
+ -s, --quiet, --silent
+ do not print counts of output file sizes
+
+ -z, --elide-empty-files
+ remove empty output files
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ Read standard input if FILE is -. Each PATTERN may be:
+
+ INTEGER
+ copy up to but not including specified line num-
+ ber
+
+ /REGEXP/[OFFSET]
+ copy up to but not including a matching line
+
+ %REGEXP%[OFFSET]
+ skip to, but not including a matching line
+
+ {INTEGER}
+ repeat the previous pattern specified number of
+ times
+
+ {*} repeat the previous pattern as many times as pos-
+ sible
+
+ A line OFFSET is a required `+' or `-' followed by a
+ positive integer.
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Stuart Kemp and David MacKenzie.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for csplit is maintained as a
+ Texinfo manual. If the info and csplit programs are
+ properly installed at your site, the command
+
+ info csplit
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+csplit 5.3.0 December 2004 CSPLIT(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/cut.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/cut.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c706e6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/cut.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+CUT(1) User Commands CUT(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ cut - remove sections from each line of files
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ cut [OPTION]... [FILE]...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Print selected parts of lines from each FILE to standard
+ output.
+
+ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for
+ short options too.
+
+ -b, --bytes=LIST
+ select only these bytes
+
+ -c, --characters=LIST
+ select only these characters
+
+ -d, --delimiter=DELIM
+ use DELIM instead of TAB for field delimiter
+
+ -f, --fields=LIST
+ select only these fields; also print any line
+ that contains no delimiter character, unless the
+ -s option is specified
+
+ -n (ignored)
+
+ --complement
+ complement the set of selected bytes, characters
+ or fields.
+
+ -s, --only-delimited
+ do not print lines not containing delimiters
+
+ --output-delimiter=STRING
+ use STRING as the output delimiter the default is
+ to use the input delimiter
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ Use one, and only one of -b, -c or -f. Each LIST is
+ made up of one range, or many ranges separated by com-
+ mas. Selected input is written in the same order that
+ it is read, and is written exactly once. Each range is
+ one of:
+
+ N N'th byte, character or field, counted from 1
+
+ N- from N'th byte, character or field, to end of
+ line
+
+ N-M from N'th to M'th (included) byte, character or
+ field
+
+ -M from first to M'th (included) byte, character or
+ field
+
+ With no FILE, or when FILE is -, read standard input.
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by David Ihnat, David MacKenzie, and Jim Meyer-
+ ing.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for cut is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and cut programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info cut
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+cut 5.3.0 December 2004 CUT(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/date.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/date.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e98235
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/date.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+DATE(1) User Commands DATE(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ date - print or set the system date and time
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ date [OPTION]... [+FORMAT]
+ date [-u|--utc|--universal] [MMDDhhmm[[CC]YY][.ss]]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Display the current time in the given FORMAT, or set the
+ system date.
+
+ -d, --date=STRING
+ display time described by STRING, not `now'
+
+ -f, --file=DATEFILE
+ like --date once for each line of DATEFILE
+
+ --iso-8601[=TIMESPEC] output date/time in ISO 8601 for-
+ mat.
+ TIMESPEC=`date' for date only (the default),
+ `hours', `minutes', `seconds', or `ns' for date
+ and time to the indicated precision.
+
+ -r, --reference=FILE
+ display the last modification time of FILE
+
+ -R, --rfc-2822
+ output RFC-2822 compliant date string
+
+ -s, --set=STRING
+ set time described by STRING
+
+ -u, --utc, --universal
+ print or set Coordinated Universal Time
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ FORMAT controls the output. The only valid option for
+ the second form specifies Coordinated Universal Time.
+ Interpreted sequences are:
+
+ %% a literal %
+
+ %a locale's abbreviated weekday name (Sun..Sat)
+
+ %A locale's full weekday name, variable length (Sun-
+ day..Saturday)
+
+ %b locale's abbreviated month name (Jan..Dec)
+
+ %B locale's full month name, variable length (Jan-
+ uary..December)
+
+ %c locale's date and time (Sat Nov 04 12:02:33 EST
+ 1989)
+
+ %C century (year divided by 100 and truncated to an
+ integer) [00-99]
+
+ %d day of month (01..31)
+
+ %D date (mm/dd/yy)
+
+ %e day of month, blank padded ( 1..31)
+
+ %F same as %Y-%m-%d
+
+ %g the 2-digit year corresponding to the %V week
+ number
+
+ %G the 4-digit year corresponding to the %V week
+ number
+
+ %h same as %b
+
+ %H hour (00..23)
+
+ %I hour (01..12)
+
+ %j day of year (001..366)
+
+ %k hour ( 0..23)
+
+ %l hour ( 1..12)
+
+ %m month (01..12)
+
+ %M minute (00..59)
+
+ %n a newline
+
+ %N nanoseconds (000000000..999999999)
+
+ %p locale's upper case AM or PM indicator (blank in
+ many locales)
+
+ %P locale's lower case am or pm indicator (blank in
+ many locales)
+
+ %r time, 12-hour (hh:mm:ss [AP]M)
+
+ %R time, 24-hour (hh:mm)
+
+ %s seconds since `00:00:00 1970-01-01 UTC' (a GNU
+ extension)
+
+ %S second (00..60); the 60 is necessary to accommo-
+ date a leap second
+
+ %t a horizontal tab
+
+ %T time, 24-hour (hh:mm:ss)
+
+ %u day of week (1..7); 1 represents Monday
+
+ %U week number of year with Sunday as first day of
+ week (00..53)
+
+ %V week number of year with Monday as first day of
+ week (01..53)
+
+ %w day of week (0..6); 0 represents Sunday
+
+ %W week number of year with Monday as first day of
+ week (00..53)
+
+ %x locale's date representation (mm/dd/yy)
+
+ %X locale's time representation (%H:%M:%S)
+
+ %y last two digits of year (00..99)
+
+ %Y year (1970...)
+
+ %z RFC-2822 style numeric timezone (-0500) (a non-
+ standard extension)
+
+ %Z time zone (e.g., EDT), or nothing if no time zone
+ is determinable
+
+ By default, date pads numeric fields with zeroes. GNU
+ date recognizes the following modifiers between `%' and
+ a numeric directive.
+
+ `-' (hyphen) do not pad the field `_' (under-
+ score) pad the field with spaces
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by David MacKenzie.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for date is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and date programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info date
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+date 5.3.0 November 2004 DATE(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/dd.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/dd.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a89f04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/dd.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+DD(1) User Commands DD(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ dd - convert and copy a file
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ dd [OPERAND]...
+ dd OPTION
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Copy a file, converting and formatting according to the
+ operands.
+
+ bs=BYTES
+ force ibs=BYTES and obs=BYTES
+
+ cbs=BYTES
+ convert BYTES bytes at a time
+
+ conv=CONVS
+ convert the file as per the comma separated sym-
+ bol list
+
+ count=BLOCKS
+ copy only BLOCKS input blocks
+
+ ibs=BYTES
+ read BYTES bytes at a time
+
+ if=FILE
+ read from FILE instead of stdin
+
+ iflag=FLAGS
+ read as per the comma separated symbol list
+
+ obs=BYTES
+ write BYTES bytes at a time
+
+ of=FILE
+ write to FILE instead of stdout
+
+ oflag=FLAGS
+ write as per the comma separated symbol list
+
+ seek=BLOCKS
+ skip BLOCKS obs-sized blocks at start of output
+
+ skip=BLOCKS
+ skip BLOCKS ibs-sized blocks at start of input
+
+ status=noxfer
+ suppress transfer statistics
+
+ BLOCKS and BYTES may be followed by the following multi-
+ plicative suffixes: xM M, c 1, w 2, b 512, kB 1000, K
+ 1024, MB 1000*1000, M 1024*1024, GB 1000*1000*1000, G
+ 1024*1024*1024, and so on for T, P, E, Z, Y.
+
+ Each CONV symbol may be:
+
+ ascii from EBCDIC to ASCII
+
+ ebcdic from ASCII to EBCDIC
+
+ ibm from ASCII to alternate EBCDIC
+
+ block pad newline-terminated records with spaces to
+ cbs-size
+
+ unblock
+ replace trailing spaces in cbs-size records with
+ newline
+
+ lcase change upper case to lower case
+
+ nocreat
+ do not create the output file
+
+ excl fail if the output file already exists
+
+ notrunc
+ do not truncate the output file
+
+ ucase change lower case to upper case
+
+ swab swap every pair of input bytes
+
+ noerror
+ continue after read errors
+
+ sync pad every input block with NULs to ibs-size; when
+ used
+
+ with block or unblock, pad with spaces rather
+ than NULs
+
+ fdatasync physically write output file data
+ before finishing fsync likewise, but also
+ write metadata
+
+ Each FLAG symbol may be:
+
+ append append mode (makes sense only for output)
+
+ direct use direct I/O for data
+
+ dsync use synchronized I/O for data
+
+ sync likewise, but also for metadata
+
+ nonblock
+ use non-blocking I/O
+
+ nofollow
+ do not follow symlinks
+
+ noctty do not assign controlling terminal from file
+
+ Sending a SIGUSR1 signal to a running `dd' process makes
+ it print I/O statistics to standard error, then to
+ resume copying.
+
+ $ dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/null& pid=$!
+ $ kill -USR1 $pid; sleep 1; kill $pid
+
+ 18335302+0 records in 18335302+0 records out
+ 9387674624 bytes (9.4 GB) copied, 34.6279 sec-
+ onds, 271 MB/s
+
+ Options are:
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Paul Rubin, David MacKenzie, and Stuart Kemp.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for dd is maintained as a Texinfo
+ manual. If the info and dd programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info dd
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+dd (coreutils) 5.3.0 November 2004 DD(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/df.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/df.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e2b42a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/df.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+DF(1) User Commands DF(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ df - report file system disk space usage
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ df [OPTION]... [FILE]...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ This manual page documents the GNU version of df. df
+ displays the amount of disk space available on the file
+ system containing each file name argument. If no file
+ name is given, the space available on all currently
+ mounted file systems is shown. Disk space is shown in
+ 1K blocks by default, unless the environment variable
+ POSIXLY_CORRECT is set, in which case 512-byte blocks
+ are used.
+
+ If an argument is the absolute file name of a disk
+ device node containing a mounted file system, df shows
+ the space available on that file system rather than on
+ the file system containing the device node (which is
+ always the root file system). This version of df cannot
+ show the space available on unmounted file systems,
+ because on most kinds of systems doing so requires very
+ nonportable intimate knowledge of file system struc-
+ tures.
+
+OPTIONS
+ Show information about the file system on which each
+ FILE resides, or all file systems by default.
+
+ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for
+ short options too.
+
+ -a, --all
+ include file systems having 0 blocks
+
+ -B, --block-size=SIZE use SIZE-byte blocks
+
+ -h, --human-readable
+ print sizes in human readable format (e.g., 1K
+ 234M 2G)
+
+ -H, --si
+ likewise, but use powers of 1000 not 1024
+
+ -i, --inodes
+ list inode information instead of block usage
+
+ -k like --block-size=1K
+
+ -l, --local
+ limit listing to local file systems
+
+ --no-sync
+ do not invoke sync before getting usage info
+ (default)
+
+ -P, --portability
+ use the POSIX output format
+
+ --sync invoke sync before getting usage info
+
+ -t, --type=TYPE
+ limit listing to file systems of type TYPE
+
+ -T, --print-type
+ print file system type
+
+ -x, --exclude-type=TYPE
+ limit listing to file systems not of type TYPE
+
+ -v (ignored)
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ SIZE may be (or may be an integer optionally followed
+ by) one of following: kB 1000, K 1024, MB 1000*1000, M
+ 1024*1024, and so on for G, T, P, E, Z, Y.
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Torbjorn Granlund, David MacKenzie, and Paul
+ Eggert.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for df is maintained as a Texinfo
+ manual. If the info and df programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info df
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+df 5.3.0 November 2004 DF(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/dir.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/dir.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..64b3972
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/dir.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+DIR(1) User Commands DIR(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ dir - list directory contents
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ dir [OPTION]... [FILE]...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ List information about the FILEs (the current directory
+ by default). Sort entries alphabetically if none of
+ -cftuSUX nor --sort.
+
+ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for
+ short options too.
+
+ -a, --all
+ do not ignore entries starting with .
+
+ -A, --almost-all
+ do not list implied . and ..
+
+ --author
+ with -l, print the author of each file
+
+ -b, --escape
+ print octal escapes for nongraphic characters
+
+ --block-size=SIZE
+ use SIZE-byte blocks
+
+ -B, --ignore-backups
+ do not list implied entries ending with ~
+
+ -c with -lt: sort by, and show, ctime (time of last
+ modification of file status information) with -l:
+ show ctime and sort by name otherwise: sort by
+ ctime
+
+ -C list entries by columns
+
+ --color[=WHEN]
+ control whether color is used to distinguish file
+ types. WHEN may be `never', `always', or `auto'
+
+ -d, --directory
+ list directory entries instead of contents, and
+ do not dereference symbolic links
+
+ -D, --dired
+ generate output designed for Emacs' dired mode
+
+ -f do not sort, enable -aU, disable -lst
+
+ -F, --classify
+ append indicator (one of */=@|) to entries
+
+ --format=WORD
+ across -x, commas -m, horizontal -x, long -l,
+ single-column -1, verbose -l, vertical -C
+
+ --full-time
+ like -l --time-style=full-iso
+
+ -g like -l, but do not list owner
+
+ -G, --no-group
+ like -l, but do not list group
+
+ -h, --human-readable
+ with -l, print sizes in human readable format
+ (e.g., 1K 234M 2G)
+
+ --si likewise, but use powers of 1000 not 1024
+
+ -H, --dereference-command-line
+ follow symbolic links listed on the command line
+
+ --dereference-command-line-symlink-to-dir
+ follow each command line symbolic link that
+ points to a directory
+
+ --hide=PATTERN
+ do not list implied entries matching shell PAT-
+ TERN (overridden by -a or -A)
+
+ --indicator-style=WORD append indicator with style WORD
+ to entry names:
+ none (default), classify (-F), file-type (-p)
+
+ -i, --inode
+ with -l, print the index number of each file
+
+ -I, --ignore=PATTERN
+ do not list implied entries matching shell PAT-
+ TERN
+
+ -k like --block-size=1K
+
+ -l use a long listing format
+
+ -L, --dereference
+ when showing file information for a symbolic
+ link, show information for the file the link ref-
+ erences rather than for the link itself
+
+ -m fill width with a comma separated list of entries
+
+ -n, --numeric-uid-gid
+ like -l, but list numeric UIDs and GIDs
+
+ -N, --literal
+ print raw entry names (don't treat e.g. control
+ characters specially)
+
+ -o like -l, but do not list group information
+
+ -p, --file-type
+ append indicator (one of /=@|) to entries
+
+ -q, --hide-control-chars
+ print ? instead of non graphic characters
+
+ --show-control-chars
+ show non graphic characters as-is (default unless
+ program is `ls' and output is a terminal)
+
+ -Q, --quote-name
+ enclose entry names in double quotes
+
+ --quoting-style=WORD
+ use quoting style WORD for entry names: literal,
+ locale, shell, shell-always, c, escape
+
+ -r, --reverse
+ reverse order while sorting
+
+ -R, --recursive
+ list subdirectories recursively
+
+ -s, --size
+ with -l, print size of each file, in blocks
+
+ -S sort by file size
+
+ --sort=WORD
+ extension -X, none -U, size -S, time -t, version
+ -v, status -c, time -t, atime -u, access -u, use
+ -u
+
+ --time=WORD
+ with -l, show time as WORD instead of modifica-
+ tion time: atime, access, use, ctime or status;
+ use specified time as sort key if --sort=time
+
+ --time-style=STYLE
+ with -l, show times using style STYLE: full-iso,
+ long-iso, iso, locale, +FORMAT. FORMAT is inter-
+ preted like `date'; if FORMAT is FORMAT1<new-
+ line>FORMAT2, FORMAT1 applies to non-recent files
+ and FORMAT2 to recent files; if STYLE is prefixed
+ with `posix-', STYLE takes effect only outside
+ the POSIX locale
+
+ -t sort by modification time
+
+ -T, --tabsize=COLS
+ assume tab stops at each COLS instead of 8
+
+ -u with -lt: sort by, and show, access time with -l:
+ show access time and sort by name otherwise: sort
+ by access time
+
+ -U do not sort; list entries in directory order
+
+ -v sort by version
+
+ -w, --width=COLS
+ assume screen width instead of current value
+
+ -x list entries by lines instead of by columns
+
+ -X sort alphabetically by entry extension
+
+ -1 list one file per line
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ SIZE may be (or may be an integer optionally followed
+ by) one of following: kB 1000, K 1024, MB 1000*1000, M
+ 1024*1024, and so on for G, T, P, E, Z, Y.
+
+ By default, color is not used to distinguish types of
+ files. That is equivalent to using --color=none. Using
+ the --color option without the optional WHEN argument is
+ equivalent to using --color=always. With --color=auto,
+ color codes are output only if standard output is con-
+ nected to a terminal (tty).
+
+ Exit status is 0 if OK, 1 if minor problems, 2 if seri-
+ ous trouble.
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Richard Stallman and David MacKenzie.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for dir is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and dir programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info dir
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+dir 5.3.0 December 2004 DIR(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/dircolors.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/dircolors.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab466c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/dircolors.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+DIRCOLORS(1) User Commands DIRCOLORS(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ dircolors - color setup for ls
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ dircolors [OPTION]... [FILE]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Output commands to set the LS_COLORS environment vari-
+ able.
+
+ Determine format of output:
+ -b, --sh, --bourne-shell
+ output Bourne shell code to set LS_COLORS
+
+ -c, --csh, --c-shell
+ output C shell code to set LS_COLORS
+
+ -p, --print-database
+ output defaults
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ If FILE is specified, read it to determine which colors
+ to use for which file types and extensions. Otherwise,
+ a precompiled database is used. For details on the for-
+ mat of these files, run `dircolors --print-database'.
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by H. Peter Anvin.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for dircolors is maintained as a
+ Texinfo manual. If the info and dircolors programs are
+ properly installed at your site, the command
+
+ info dircolors
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+dircolors 5.3.0 November 2004 DIRCOLORS(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/dirname.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/dirname.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a0e0a5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/dirname.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+DIRNAME(1) User Commands DIRNAME(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ dirname - strip non-directory suffix from file name
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ dirname NAME
+ dirname OPTION
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Print NAME with its trailing /component removed; if NAME
+ contains no /'s, output `.' (meaning the current direc-
+ tory).
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by David MacKenzie and Jim Meyering.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for dirname is maintained as a
+ Texinfo manual. If the info and dirname programs are
+ properly installed at your site, the command
+
+ info dirname
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+dirname 5.3.0 November 2004 DIRNAME(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/du.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/du.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ede7f2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/du.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+DU(1) User Commands DU(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ du - estimate file space usage
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ du [OPTION]... [FILE]...
+ du [OPTION]... --files0-from=F
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Summarize disk usage of each FILE, recursively for
+ directories.
+
+ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for
+ short options too.
+
+ -a, --all
+ write counts for all files, not just directories
+
+ --apparent-size
+ print apparent sizes, rather than disk usage;
+ although the apparent size is usually smaller, it
+ may be larger due to holes in (`sparse') files,
+ internal fragmentation, indirect blocks, and the
+ like
+
+ -B, --block-size=SIZE use SIZE-byte blocks
+
+ -b, --bytes
+ equivalent to `--apparent-size --block-size=1'
+
+ -c, --total
+ produce a grand total
+
+ -D, --dereference-args
+ dereference FILEs that are symbolic links
+
+ --files0-from=F
+ summarize disk usage of the NUL-terminated file
+ names specified in file F
+
+ -H like --si, but also evokes a warning; will soon
+ change to be equivalent to --dereference-args
+ (-D)
+
+ -h, --human-readable
+ print sizes in human readable format (e.g., 1K
+ 234M 2G)
+
+ --si like -h, but use powers of 1000 not 1024
+
+ -k like --block-size=1K
+
+ -l, --count-links
+ count sizes many times if hard linked
+
+ -L, --dereference
+ dereference all symbolic links
+
+ -P, --no-dereference
+ don't follow any symbolic links (this is the
+ default)
+
+ -0, --null
+ end each output line with 0 byte rather than new-
+ line
+
+ -S, --separate-dirs
+ do not include size of subdirectories
+
+ -s, --summarize
+ display only a total for each argument
+
+ -x, --one-file-system
+ skip directories on different file systems
+
+ -X FILE, --exclude-from=FILE
+ Exclude files that match any pattern in FILE.
+
+ --exclude=PATTERN Exclude files that match PATTERN.
+
+ --max-depth=N
+ print the total for a directory (or file, with
+ --all) only if it is N or fewer levels below the
+ command line argument; --max-depth=0 is the same
+ as --summarize
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ SIZE may be (or may be an integer optionally followed
+ by) one of following: kB 1000, K 1024, MB 1000*1000, M
+ 1024*1024, and so on for G, T, P, E, Z, Y.
+
+PATTERNS
+ PATTERN is a shell pattern (not a regular expression).
+ The pattern ? matches any one character, whereas *
+ matches any string (composed of zero, one or multiple
+ characters). For example, *.o will match any files
+ whose names end in .o. Therefore, the command
+
+ du --exclude='*.o'
+
+ will skip all files and subdirectories ending in .o
+ (including the file .o itself).
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Torbjorn Granlund, David MacKenzie, Paul
+ Eggert, and Jim Meyering.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for du is maintained as a Texinfo
+ manual. If the info and du programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info du
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+du 5.3.0 January 2005 DU(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/echo.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/echo.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..472d132
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/echo.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+ECHO(1) User Commands ECHO(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ echo - display a line of text
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ echo [OPTION]... [STRING]...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ NOTE: your shell may have its own version of echo which
+ will supersede the version described here. Please refer
+ to your shell's documentation for details about the
+ options it supports.
+
+ Echo the STRING(s) to standard output.
+
+ -n do not output the trailing newline
+
+ -e enable interpretation of backslash escapes
+
+ -E disable interpretation of backslash escapes
+ (default)
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ If -e is in effect, the following sequences are recog-
+ nized:
+
+ \0NNN the character whose ASCII code is NNN (octal)
+
+ \\ backslash
+
+ \a alert (BEL)
+
+ \b backspace
+
+ \c suppress trailing newline
+
+ \f form feed
+
+ \n new line
+
+ \r carriage return
+
+ \t horizontal tab
+
+ \v vertical tab
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by FIXME unknown.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for echo is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and echo programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info echo
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+echo 5.3.0 November 2004 ECHO(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/env.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/env.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c70d33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/env.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+ENV(1) User Commands ENV(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ env - run a program in a modified environment
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ env [OPTION]... [-] [NAME=VALUE]... [COMMAND [ARG]...]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Set each NAME to VALUE in the environment and run COM-
+ MAND.
+
+ -i, --ignore-environment
+ start with an empty environment
+
+ -u, --unset=NAME
+ remove variable from the environment
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ A mere - implies -i. If no COMMAND, print the resulting
+ environment.
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Richard Mlynarik and David MacKenzie.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for env is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and env programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info env
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+env 5.3.0 November 2004 ENV(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/expand.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/expand.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..721fb19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/expand.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+EXPAND(1) User Commands EXPAND(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ expand - convert tabs to spaces
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ expand [OPTION]... [FILE]...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Convert tabs in each FILE to spaces, writing to standard
+ output. With no FILE, or when FILE is -, read standard
+ input.
+
+ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for
+ short options too.
+
+ -i, --initial
+ do not convert tabs after non blanks
+
+ -t, --tabs=NUMBER
+ have tabs NUMBER characters apart, not 8
+
+ -t, --tabs=LIST
+ use comma separated list of explicit tab posi-
+ tions
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by David MacKenzie.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ unexpand(1)
+
+ The full documentation for expand is maintained as a
+ Texinfo manual. If the info and expand programs are
+ properly installed at your site, the command
+
+ info expand
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+expand 5.3.0 November 2004 EXPAND(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/expr.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/expr.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..71d0e8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/expr.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+EXPR(1) User Commands EXPR(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ expr - evaluate expressions
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ expr EXPRESSION
+ expr OPTION
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ Print the value of EXPRESSION to standard output. A
+ blank line below separates increasing precedence groups.
+ EXPRESSION may be:
+
+ ARG1 | ARG2
+ ARG1 if it is neither null nor 0, otherwise ARG2
+
+ ARG1 & ARG2
+ ARG1 if neither argument is null or 0, otherwise
+ 0
+
+ ARG1 < ARG2
+ ARG1 is less than ARG2
+
+ ARG1 <= ARG2
+ ARG1 is less than or equal to ARG2
+
+ ARG1 = ARG2
+ ARG1 is equal to ARG2
+
+ ARG1 != ARG2
+ ARG1 is unequal to ARG2
+
+ ARG1 >= ARG2
+ ARG1 is greater than or equal to ARG2
+
+ ARG1 > ARG2
+ ARG1 is greater than ARG2
+
+ ARG1 + ARG2
+ arithmetic sum of ARG1 and ARG2
+
+ ARG1 - ARG2
+ arithmetic difference of ARG1 and ARG2
+
+ ARG1 * ARG2
+ arithmetic product of ARG1 and ARG2
+
+ ARG1 / ARG2
+ arithmetic quotient of ARG1 divided by ARG2
+
+ ARG1 % ARG2
+ arithmetic remainder of ARG1 divided by ARG2
+
+ STRING : REGEXP
+ anchored pattern match of REGEXP in STRING
+
+ match STRING REGEXP
+ same as STRING : REGEXP
+
+ substr STRING POS LENGTH
+ substring of STRING, POS counted from 1
+
+ index STRING CHARS
+ index in STRING where any CHARS is found, or 0
+
+ length STRING
+ length of STRING
+
+ + TOKEN
+ interpret TOKEN as a string, even if it is a
+
+ keyword like `match' or an operator like `/'
+
+ ( EXPRESSION )
+ value of EXPRESSION
+
+ Beware that many operators need to be escaped or quoted
+ for shells. Comparisons are arithmetic if both ARGs are
+ numbers, else lexicographical. Pattern matches return
+ the string matched between \( and \) or null; if \( and
+ \) are not used, they return the number of characters
+ matched or 0.
+
+ Exit status is 0 if EXPRESSION is neither null nor 0, 1
+ if EXPRESSION is null or 0, 2 if EXPRESSION is syntacti-
+ cally invalid, and 3 if an error occurred.
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Mike Parker.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for expr is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and expr programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info expr
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+expr 5.3.0 November 2004 EXPR(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/factor.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/factor.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..93cc432
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/factor.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+FACTOR(1) User Commands FACTOR(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ factor - factor numbers
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ factor [NUMBER]...
+ factor OPTION
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Print the prime factors of each NUMBER.
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ Print the prime factors of all specified integer NUM-
+ BERs.
+ If no arguments
+
+ are specified on the command line, they are read
+ from standard input.
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Paul Rubin.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for factor is maintained as a
+ Texinfo manual. If the info and factor programs are
+ properly installed at your site, the command
+
+ info factor
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+factor 5.3.0 December 2004 FACTOR(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/false.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/false.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f12187
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/false.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+FALSE(1) User Commands FALSE(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ false - do nothing, unsuccessfully
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ false [ignored command line arguments]
+ false OPTION
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Exit with a status code indicating failure.
+
+ These option names may not be abbreviated.
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Jim Meyering.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for false is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and false programs are prop-
+ erly installed at your site, the command
+
+ info false
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+false 5.3.0 November 2004 FALSE(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/fmt.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/fmt.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9be5e44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/fmt.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+FMT(1) User Commands FMT(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ fmt - simple optimal text formatter
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ fmt [-DIGITS] [OPTION]... [FILE]...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Reformat each paragraph in the FILE(s), writing to stan-
+ dard output. If no FILE or if FILE is `-', read stan-
+ dard input.
+
+ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for
+ short options too.
+
+ -c, --crown-margin
+ preserve indentation of first two lines
+
+ -p, --prefix=STRING
+ reformat only lines beginning with STRING, reat-
+ taching the prefix to reformatted lines
+
+ -s, --split-only
+ split long lines, but do not refill
+
+ -t, --tagged-paragraph
+ indentation of first line different from second
+
+ -u, --uniform-spacing
+ one space between words, two after sentences
+
+ -w, --width=WIDTH
+ maximum line width (default of 75 columns)
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ With no FILE, or when FILE is -, read standard input.
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Ross Paterson.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for fmt is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and fmt programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info fmt
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+fmt 5.3.0 November 2004 FMT(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/fold.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/fold.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..17fc668
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/fold.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+FOLD(1) User Commands FOLD(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ fold - wrap each input line to fit in specified width
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ fold [OPTION]... [FILE]...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Wrap input lines in each FILE (standard input by
+ default), writing to standard output.
+
+ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for
+ short options too.
+
+ -b, --bytes
+ count bytes rather than columns
+
+ -s, --spaces
+ break at spaces
+
+ -w, --width=WIDTH
+ use WIDTH columns instead of 80
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by David MacKenzie.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for fold is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and fold programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info fold
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+fold 5.3.0 November 2004 FOLD(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/gawk.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/gawk.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a431e7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/gawk.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,1972 @@
+GAWK(1) Utility Commands GAWK(1)
+
+
+
+NAME
+ gawk - pattern scanning and processing language
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ gawk [ POSIX or GNU style options ] -f program-file [ --
+ ] file ...
+ gawk [ POSIX or GNU style options ] [ -- ] program-text
+ file ...
+
+ pgawk [ POSIX or GNU style options ] -f program-file [
+ -- ] file ...
+ pgawk [ POSIX or GNU style options ] [ -- ] program-text
+ file ...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Gawk is the GNU Project's implementation of the AWK pro-
+ gramming language. It conforms to the definition of the
+ language in the POSIX 1003.1 Standard. This version in
+ turn is based on the description in The AWK Programming
+ Language, by Aho, Kernighan, and Weinberger, with the
+ additional features found in the System V Release 4 ver-
+ sion of UNIX awk. Gawk also provides more recent Bell
+ Laboratories awk extensions, and a number of GNU-spe-
+ cific extensions.
+
+ Pgawk is the profiling version of gawk. It is identical
+ in every way to gawk, except that programs run more
+ slowly, and it automatically produces an execution pro-
+ file in the file awkprof.out when done. See the --pro-
+ file option, below.
+
+ The command line consists of options to gawk itself, the
+ AWK program text (if not supplied via the -f or --file
+ options), and values to be made available in the ARGC
+ and ARGV pre-defined AWK variables.
+
+OPTION FORMAT
+ Gawk options may be either traditional POSIX one letter
+ options, or GNU-style long options. POSIX options start
+ with a single "-", while long options start with "--".
+ Long options are provided for both GNU-specific features
+ and for POSIX-mandated features.
+
+ Following the POSIX standard, gawk-specific options are
+ supplied via arguments to the -W option. Multiple -W
+ options may be supplied Each -W option has a correspond-
+ ing long option, as detailed below. Arguments to long
+ options are either joined with the option by an = sign,
+ with no intervening spaces, or they may be provided in
+ the next command line argument. Long options may be
+ abbreviated, as long as the abbreviation remains unique.
+
+OPTIONS
+ Gawk accepts the following options, listed by frequency.
+
+ -F fs
+ --field-separator fs
+ Use fs for the input field separator (the value
+ of the FS predefined variable).
+
+ -v var=val
+ --assign var=val
+ Assign the value val to the variable var, before
+ execution of the program begins. Such variable
+ values are available to the BEGIN block of an AWK
+ program.
+
+ -f program-file
+ --file program-file
+ Read the AWK program source from the file pro-
+ gram-file, instead of from the first command line
+ argument. Multiple -f (or --file) options may be
+ used.
+
+ -mf NNN
+ -mr NNN
+ Set various memory limits to the value NNN. The
+ f flag sets the maximum number of fields, and the
+ r flag sets the maximum record size. These two
+ flags and the -m option are from an earlier ver-
+ sion of the Bell Laboratories research version of
+ UNIX awk. They are ignored by gawk, since gawk
+ has no pre-defined limits.
+
+ -W compat
+ -W traditional
+ --compat
+ --traditional
+ Run in compatibility mode. In compatibility
+ mode, gawk behaves identically to UNIX awk; none
+ of the GNU-specific extensions are recognized.
+ The use of --traditional is preferred over the
+ other forms of this option. See GNU EXTENSIONS,
+ below, for more information.
+
+ -W copyleft
+ -W copyright
+ --copyleft
+ --copyright
+ Print the short version of the GNU copyright
+ information message on the standard output and
+ exit successfully.
+
+ -W dump-variables[=file]
+ --dump-variables[=file]
+ Print a sorted list of global variables, their
+ types and final values to file. If no file is
+ provided, gawk uses a file named awkvars.out in
+ the current directory.
+ Having a list of all the global variables is a
+ good way to look for typographical errors in your
+ programs. You would also use this option if you
+ have a large program with a lot of functions, and
+ you want to be sure that your functions don't
+ inadvertently use global variables that you meant
+ to be local. (This is a particularly easy mis-
+ take to make with simple variable names like i,
+ j, and so on.)
+
+ -W exec file
+ --exec file
+ Similar to -f, however, this is option is the
+ last one processed. This should be used with #!
+ scripts, particularly for CGI applications, to
+ avoid passing in options or source code (!) on
+ the command line from a URL. This option dis-
+ ables command-line variable assignments.
+
+ -W gen-po
+ --gen-po
+ Scan and parse the AWK program, and generate a
+ GNU .po format file on standard output with
+ entries for all localizable strings in the pro-
+ gram. The program itself is not executed. See
+ the GNU gettext distribution for more information
+ on .po files.
+
+ -W help
+ -W usage
+ --help
+ --usage
+ Print a relatively short summary of the available
+ options on the standard output. (Per the GNU
+ Coding Standards, these options cause an immedi-
+ ate, successful exit.)
+
+ -W lint[=value]
+ --lint[=value]
+ Provide warnings about constructs that are dubi-
+ ous or non-portable to other AWK implementations.
+ With an optional argument of fatal, lint warnings
+ become fatal errors. This may be drastic, but
+ its use will certainly encourage the development
+ of cleaner AWK programs. With an optional argu-
+ ment of invalid, only warnings about things that
+ are actually invalid are issued. (This is not
+ fully implemented yet.)
+
+ -W lint-old
+ --lint-old
+ Provide warnings about constructs that are not
+ portable to the original version of Unix awk.
+
+ -W non-decimal-data
+ --non-decimal-data
+ Recognize octal and hexadecimal values in input
+ data. Use this option with great caution!
+
+ -W posix
+ --posix
+ This turns on compatibility mode, with the fol-
+ lowing additional restrictions:
+
+ · \x escape sequences are not recognized.
+
+ · Only space and tab act as field separators when
+ FS is set to a single space, newline does not.
+
+ · You cannot continue lines after ? and :.
+
+ · The synonym func for the keyword function is
+ not recognized.
+
+ · The operators ** and **= cannot be used in
+ place of ^ and ^=.
+
+ · The fflush() function is not available.
+
+ -W profile[=prof_file]
+ --profile[=prof_file]
+ Send profiling data to prof_file. The default is
+ awkprof.out. When run with gawk, the profile is
+ just a "pretty printed" version of the program.
+ When run with pgawk, the profile contains execu-
+ tion counts of each statement in the program in
+ the left margin and function call counts for each
+ user-defined function.
+
+ -W re-interval
+ --re-interval
+ Enable the use of interval expressions in regular
+ expression matching (see Regular Expressions,
+ below). Interval expressions were not tradition-
+ ally available in the AWK language. The POSIX
+ standard added them, to make awk and egrep con-
+ sistent with each other. However, their use is
+ likely to break old AWK programs, so gawk only
+ provides them if they are requested with this
+ option, or when --posix is specified.
+
+ -W source program-text
+ --source program-text
+ Use program-text as AWK program source code.
+ This option allows the easy intermixing of
+ library functions (used via the -f and --file
+ options) with source code entered on the command
+ line. It is intended primarily for medium to
+ large AWK programs used in shell scripts.
+
+ -W use-lc-numeric
+ --use-lc-numeric
+ This forces gawk to use the locale's decimal
+ point character when parsing input data.
+ Although the POSIX standard requires this behav-
+ ior, and gawk does so when --posix is in effect,
+ the default is to follow traditional behavior and
+ use a period as the decimal point, even in
+ locales where the period is not the decimal point
+ character. This option overrides the default
+ behavior, without the full draconian strictness
+ of the --posix option.
+
+ -W version
+ --version
+ Print version information for this particular
+ copy of gawk on the standard output. This is
+ useful mainly for knowing if the current copy of
+ gawk on your system is up to date with respect to
+ whatever the Free Software Foundation is dis-
+ tributing. This is also useful when reporting
+ bugs. (Per the GNU Coding Standards, these
+ options cause an immediate, successful exit.)
+
+ -- Signal the end of options. This is useful to
+ allow further arguments to the AWK program itself
+ to start with a "-". This provides consistency
+ with the argument parsing convention used by most
+ other POSIX programs.
+ In compatibility mode, any other options are flagged as
+ invalid, but are otherwise ignored. In normal opera-
+ tion, as long as program text has been supplied, unknown
+ options are passed on to the AWK program in the ARGV
+ array for processing. This is particularly useful for
+ running AWK programs via the "#!" executable interpreter
+ mechanism.
+AWK PROGRAM EXECUTION
+ An AWK program consists of a sequence of pattern-action
+ statements and optional function definitions.
+ pattern { action statements }
+ function name(parameter list) { statements }
+ Gawk first reads the program source from the program-
+ file(s) if specified, from arguments to --source, or
+ from the first non-option argument on the command line.
+ The -f and --source options may be used multiple times
+ on the command line. Gawk reads the program text as if
+ all the program-files and command line source texts had
+ been concatenated together. This is useful for building
+ libraries of AWK functions, without having to include
+ them in each new AWK program that uses them. It also
+ provides the ability to mix library functions with com-
+ mand line programs.
+ The environment variable AWKPATH specifies a search path
+ to use when finding source files named with the -f
+ option. If this variable does not exist, the default
+ path is ".:/usr/local/share/awk". (The actual directory
+ may vary, depending upon how gawk was built and
+ installed.) If a file name given to the -f option con-
+ tains a "/" character, no path search is performed.
+ Gawk executes AWK programs in the following order.
+ First, all variable assignments specified via the -v
+ option are performed. Next, gawk compiles the program
+ into an internal form. Then, gawk executes the code in
+ the BEGIN block(s) (if any), and then proceeds to read
+ each file named in the ARGV array. If there are no
+ files named on the command line, gawk reads the standard
+ input.
+ If a filename on the command line has the form var=val
+ it is treated as a variable assignment. The variable
+ var will be assigned the value val. (This happens after
+ any BEGIN block(s) have been run.) Command line vari-
+ able assignment is most useful for dynamically assigning
+ values to the variables AWK uses to control how input is
+ broken into fields and records. It is also useful for
+ controlling state if multiple passes are needed over a
+ single data file.
+ If the value of a particular element of ARGV is empty
+ (""), gawk skips over it.
+ For each record in the input, gawk tests to see if it
+ matches any pattern in the AWK program. For each pat-
+ tern that the record matches, the associated action is
+ executed. The patterns are tested in the order they
+ occur in the program.
+ Finally, after all the input is exhausted, gawk executes
+ the code in the END block(s) (if any).
+VARIABLES, RECORDS AND FIELDS
+ AWK variables are dynamic; they come into existence when
+ they are first used. Their values are either floating-
+ point numbers or strings, or both, depending upon how
+ they are used. AWK also has one dimensional arrays;
+ arrays with multiple dimensions may be simulated. Sev-
+ eral pre-defined variables are set as a program runs;
+ these are described as needed and summarized below.
+ Records
+ Normally, records are separated by newline characters.
+ You can control how records are separated by assigning
+ values to the built-in variable RS. If RS is any single
+ character, that character separates records. Otherwise,
+ RS is a regular expression. Text in the input that
+ matches this regular expression separates the record.
+ However, in compatibility mode, only the first character
+ of its string value is used for separating records. If
+ RS is set to the null string, then records are separated
+ by blank lines. When RS is set to the null string, the
+ newline character always acts as a field separator, in
+ addition to whatever value FS may have.
+ Fields
+ As each input record is read, gawk splits the record
+ into fields, using the value of the FS variable as the
+ field separator. If FS is a single character, fields
+ are separated by that character. If FS is the null
+ string, then each individual character becomes a sepa-
+ rate field. Otherwise, FS is expected to be a full reg-
+ ular expression. In the special case that FS is a sin-
+ gle space, fields are separated by runs of spaces and/or
+ tabs and/or newlines. (But see the section POSIX COM-
+ PATIBILITY, below). NOTE: The value of IGNORECASE (see
+ below) also affects how fields are split when FS is a
+ regular expression, and how records are separated when
+ RS is a regular expression.
+ If the FIELDWIDTHS variable is set to a space separated
+ list of numbers, each field is expected to have fixed
+ width, and gawk splits up the record using the specified
+ widths. The value of FS is ignored. Assigning a new
+ value to FS overrides the use of FIELDWIDTHS, and
+ restores the default behavior.
+ Each field in the input record may be referenced by its
+ position, $1, $2, and so on. $0 is the whole record.
+ Fields need not be referenced by constants:
+ n = 5
+ print $n
+ prints the fifth field in the input record.
+ The variable NF is set to the total number of fields in
+ the input record.
+ References to non-existent fields (i.e. fields after
+ $NF) produce the null-string. However, assigning to a
+ non-existent field (e.g., $(NF+2) = 5) increases the
+ value of NF, creates any intervening fields with the
+ null string as their value, and causes the value of $0
+ to be recomputed, with the fields being separated by the
+ value of OFS. References to negative numbered fields
+ cause a fatal error. Decrementing NF causes the values
+ of fields past the new value to be lost, and the value
+ of $0 to be recomputed, with the fields being separated
+ by the value of OFS.
+ Assigning a value to an existing field causes the whole
+ record to be rebuilt when $0 is referenced. Similarly,
+ assigning a value to $0 causes the record to be resplit,
+ creating new values for the fields.
+ Built-in Variables
+ Gawk's built-in variables are:
+ ARGC The number of command line arguments (does
+ not include options to gawk, or the program
+ source).
+ ARGIND The index in ARGV of the current file being
+ processed.
+ ARGV Array of command line arguments. The array
+ is indexed from 0 to ARGC - 1. Dynamically
+ changing the contents of ARGV can control
+ the files used for data.
+ BINMODE On non-POSIX systems, specifies use of
+ "binary" mode for all file I/O. Numeric
+ values of 1, 2, or 3, specify that input
+ files, output files, or all files, respec-
+ tively, should use binary I/O. String val-
+ ues of "r", or "w" specify that input files,
+ or output files, respectively, should use
+ binary I/O. String values of "rw" or "wr"
+ specify that all files should use binary
+ I/O. Any other string value is treated as
+ "rw", but generates a warning message.
+ CONVFMT The conversion format for numbers, "%.6g",
+ by default.
+ ENVIRON An array containing the values of the cur-
+ rent environment. The array is indexed by
+ the environment variables, each element
+ being the value of that variable (e.g., ENV-
+ IRON["HOME"] might be /home/arnold). Chang-
+ ing this array does not affect the environ-
+ ment seen by programs which gawk spawns via
+ redirection or the system() function.
+ ERRNO If a system error occurs either doing a
+ redirection for getline, during a read for
+ getline, or during a close(), then ERRNO
+ will contain a string describing the error.
+ The value is subject to translation in non-
+ English locales.
+ FIELDWIDTHS A white-space separated list of fieldwidths.
+ When set, gawk parses the input into fields
+ of fixed width, instead of using the value
+ of the FS variable as the field separator.
+ FILENAME The name of the current input file. If no
+ files are specified on the command line, the
+ value of FILENAME is "-". However, FILENAME
+ is undefined inside the BEGIN block (unless
+ set by getline).
+ FNR The input record number in the current input
+ file.
+ FS The input field separator, a space by
+ default. See Fields, above.
+ IGNORECASE Controls the case-sensitivity of all regular
+ expression and string operations. If
+ IGNORECASE has a non-zero value, then string
+ comparisons and pattern matching in rules,
+ field splitting with FS, record separating
+ with RS, regular expression matching with ~
+ and !~, and the gensub(), gsub(), index(),
+ match(), split(), and sub() built-in func-
+ tions all ignore case when doing regular
+ expression operations. NOTE: Array sub-
+ scripting is not affected. However, the
+ asort() and asorti() functions are affected.
+ Thus, if IGNORECASE is not equal to zero,
+ /aB/ matches all of the strings "ab", "aB",
+ "Ab", and "AB". As with all AWK variables,
+ the initial value of IGNORECASE is zero, so
+ all regular expression and string operations
+ are normally case-sensitive. Under Unix,
+ the full ISO 8859-1 Latin-1 character set is
+ used when ignoring case. As of gawk 3.1.4,
+ the case equivalencies are fully locale-
+ aware, based on the C <ctype.h> facilities
+ such as isalpha(), and toupper().
+ LINT Provides dynamic control of the --lint
+ option from within an AWK program. When
+ true, gawk prints lint warnings. When false,
+ it does not. When assigned the string value
+ "fatal", lint warnings become fatal errors,
+ exactly like --lint=fatal. Any other true
+ value just prints warnings.
+ NF The number of fields in the current input
+ record.
+ NR The total number of input records seen so
+ far.
+ OFMT The output format for numbers, "%.6g", by
+ default.
+ OFS The output field separator, a space by
+ default.
+ ORS The output record separator, by default a
+ newline.
+ PROCINFO The elements of this array provide access to
+ information about the running AWK program.
+ On some systems, there may be elements in
+ the array, "group1" through "groupn" for
+ some n, which is the number of supplementary
+ groups that the process has. Use the in
+ operator to test for these elements. The
+ following elements are guaranteed to be
+ available:
+ PROCINFO["egid"] the value of the gete-
+ gid(2) system call.
+ PROCINFO["euid"] the value of the
+ geteuid(2) system call.
+ PROCINFO["FS"] "FS" if field splitting
+ with FS is in effect, or
+ "FIELDWIDTHS" if field
+ splitting with FIELD-
+ WIDTHS is in effect.
+ PROCINFO["gid"] the value of the get-
+ gid(2) system call.
+ PROCINFO["pgrpid"] the process group ID of
+ the current process.
+ PROCINFO["pid"] the process ID of the
+ current process.
+ PROCINFO["ppid"] the parent process ID of
+ the current process.
+ PROCINFO["uid"] the value of the
+ getuid(2) system call.
+ PROCINFO["version"]
+ The version of gawk.
+ This is available from
+ version 3.1.4 and later.
+ RS The input record separator, by default a
+ newline.
+ RT The record terminator. Gawk sets RT to the
+ input text that matched the character or
+ regular expression specified by RS.
+ RSTART The index of the first character matched by
+ match(); 0 if no match. (This implies that
+ character indices start at one.)
+ RLENGTH The length of the string matched by match();
+ -1 if no match.
+ SUBSEP The character used to separate multiple sub-
+ scripts in array elements, by default
+ "\034".
+ TEXTDOMAIN The text domain of the AWK program; used to
+ find the localized translations for the pro-
+ gram's strings.
+ Arrays
+ Arrays are subscripted with an expression between square
+ brackets ([ and ]). If the expression is an expression
+ list (expr, expr ...) then the array subscript is a
+ string consisting of the concatenation of the (string)
+ value of each expression, separated by the value of the
+ SUBSEP variable. This facility is used to simulate mul-
+ tiply dimensioned arrays. For example:
+ i = "A"; j = "B"; k = "C"
+ x[i, j, k] = "hello, world\n"
+ assigns the string "hello, world\n" to the element of
+ the array x which is indexed by the string
+ "A\034B\034C". All arrays in AWK are associative, i.e.
+ indexed by string values.
+ The special operator in may be used to test if an array
+ has an index consisting of a particular value.
+ if (val in array)
+ print array[val]
+ If the array has multiple subscripts, use (i, j) in
+ array.
+ The in construct may also be used in a for loop to iter-
+ ate over all the elements of an array.
+ An element may be deleted from an array using the delete
+ statement. The delete statement may also be used to
+ delete the entire contents of an array, just by specify-
+ ing the array name without a subscript.
+ Variable Typing And Conversion
+ Variables and fields may be (floating point) numbers, or
+ strings, or both. How the value of a variable is inter-
+ preted depends upon its context. If used in a numeric
+ expression, it will be treated as a number; if used as a
+ string it will be treated as a string.
+ To force a variable to be treated as a number, add 0 to
+ it; to force it to be treated as a string, concatenate
+ it with the null string.
+ When a string must be converted to a number, the conver-
+ sion is accomplished using strtod(3). A number is con-
+ verted to a string by using the value of CONVFMT as a
+ format string for sprintf(3), with the numeric value of
+ the variable as the argument. However, even though all
+ numbers in AWK are floating-point, integral values are
+ always converted as integers. Thus, given
+ CONVFMT = "%2.2f"
+ a = 12
+ b = a ""
+ the variable b has a string value of "12" and not
+ "12.00".
+ When operating in POSIX mode (such as with the --posix
+ command line option), beware that locale settings may
+ interfere with the way decimal numbers are treated: the
+ decimal separator of the numbers you are feeding to gawk
+ must conform to what your locale would expect, be it a
+ comma (,) or a period (.).
+ Gawk performs comparisons as follows: If two variables
+ are numeric, they are compared numerically. If one
+ value is numeric and the other has a string value that
+ is a "numeric string," then comparisons are also done
+ numerically. Otherwise, the numeric value is converted
+ to a string and a string comparison is performed. Two
+ strings are compared, of course, as strings.
+ Note that string constants, such as "57", are not
+ numeric strings, they are string constants. The idea of
+ "numeric string" only applies to fields, getline input,
+ FILENAME, ARGV elements, ENVIRON elements and the ele-
+ ments of an array created by split() that are numeric
+ strings. The basic idea is that user input, and only
+ user input, that looks numeric, should be treated that
+ way.
+ Uninitialized variables have the numeric value 0 and the
+ string value "" (the null, or empty, string).
+ Octal and Hexadecimal Constants
+ Starting with version 3.1 of gawk , you may use C-style
+ octal and hexadecimal constants in your AWK program
+ source code. For example, the octal value 011 is equal
+ to decimal 9, and the hexadecimal value 0x11 is equal to
+ decimal 17.
+ String Constants
+ String constants in AWK are sequences of characters
+ enclosed between double quotes ("). Within strings,
+ certain escape sequences are recognized, as in C. These
+ are:
+ \\ A literal backslash.
+ \a The "alert" character; usually the ASCII BEL char-
+ acter.
+ \b backspace.
+ \f form-feed.
+ \n newline.
+ \r carriage return.
+ \t horizontal tab.
+ \v vertical tab.
+ \xhex digits
+ The character represented by the string of hexadec-
+ imal digits following the \x. As in ANSI C, all
+ following hexadecimal digits are considered part of
+ the escape sequence. (This feature should tell us
+ something about language design by committee.)
+ E.g., "\x1B" is the ASCII ESC (escape) character.
+ \ddd The character represented by the 1-, 2-, or 3-digit
+ sequence of octal digits. E.g., "\033" is the
+ ASCII ESC (escape) character.
+ \c The literal character c.
+ The escape sequences may also be used inside constant
+ regular expressions (e.g., /[ \t\f\n\r\v]/ matches
+ whitespace characters).
+ In compatibility mode, the characters represented by
+ octal and hexadecimal escape sequences are treated lit-
+ erally when used in regular expression constants. Thus,
+ /a\52b/ is equivalent to /a\*b/.
+PATTERNS AND ACTIONS
+ AWK is a line-oriented language. The pattern comes
+ first, and then the action. Action statements are
+ enclosed in { and }. Either the pattern may be missing,
+ or the action may be missing, but, of course, not both.
+ If the pattern is missing, the action is executed for
+ every single record of input. A missing action is
+ equivalent to
+ { print }
+ which prints the entire record.
+ Comments begin with the "#" character, and continue
+ until the end of the line. Blank lines may be used to
+ separate statements. Normally, a statement ends with a
+ newline, however, this is not the case for lines ending
+ in a ",", {, ?, :, &&, or ||. Lines ending in do or
+ else also have their statements automatically continued
+ on the following line. In other cases, a line can be
+ continued by ending it with a "\", in which case the
+ newline will be ignored.
+ Multiple statements may be put on one line by separating
+ them with a ";". This applies to both the statements
+ within the action part of a pattern-action pair (the
+ usual case), and to the pattern-action statements them-
+ selves.
+ Patterns
+ AWK patterns may be one of the following:
+ BEGIN
+ END
+ /regular expression/
+ relational expression
+ pattern && pattern
+ pattern || pattern
+ pattern ? pattern : pattern
+ (pattern)
+ ! pattern
+ pattern1, pattern2
+ BEGIN and END are two special kinds of patterns which
+ are not tested against the input. The action parts of
+ all BEGIN patterns are merged as if all the statements
+ had been written in a single BEGIN block. They are exe-
+ cuted before any of the input is read. Similarly, all
+ the END blocks are merged, and executed when all the
+ input is exhausted (or when an exit statement is exe-
+ cuted). BEGIN and END patterns cannot be combined with
+ other patterns in pattern expressions. BEGIN and END
+ patterns cannot have missing action parts.
+ For /regular expression/ patterns, the associated state-
+ ment is executed for each input record that matches the
+ regular expression. Regular expressions are the same as
+ those in egrep(1), and are summarized below.
+ A relational expression may use any of the operators
+ defined below in the section on actions. These gener-
+ ally test whether certain fields match certain regular
+ expressions.
+ The &&, ||, and ! operators are logical AND, logical
+ OR, and logical NOT, respectively, as in C. They do
+ short-circuit evaluation, also as in C, and are used for
+ combining more primitive pattern expressions. As in
+ most languages, parentheses may be used to change the
+ order of evaluation.
+ The ?: operator is like the same operator in C. If the
+ first pattern is true then the pattern used for testing
+ is the second pattern, otherwise it is the third. Only
+ one of the second and third patterns is evaluated.
+ The pattern1, pattern2 form of an expression is called a
+ range pattern. It matches all input records starting
+ with a record that matches pattern1, and continuing
+ until a record that matches pattern2, inclusive. It
+ does not combine with any other sort of pattern expres-
+ sion.
+ Regular Expressions
+ Regular expressions are the extended kind found in
+ egrep. They are composed of characters as follows:
+ c matches the non-metacharacter c.
+ \c matches the literal character c.
+ . matches any character including newline.
+ ^ matches the beginning of a string.
+ $ matches the end of a string.
+ [abc...] character list, matches any of the characters
+ abc....
+ [^abc...] negated character list, matches any character
+ except abc....
+ r1|r2 alternation: matches either r1 or r2.
+ r1r2 concatenation: matches r1, and then r2.
+ r+ matches one or more r's.
+ r* matches zero or more r's.
+ r? matches zero or one r's.
+ (r) grouping: matches r.
+ r{n}
+ r{n,}
+ r{n,m} One or two numbers inside braces denote an
+ interval expression. If there is one number
+ in the braces, the preceding regular expres-
+ sion r is repeated n times. If there are two
+ numbers separated by a comma, r is repeated n
+ to m times. If there is one number followed
+ by a comma, then r is repeated at least n
+ times.
+ Interval expressions are only available if
+ either --posix or --re-interval is specified
+ on the command line.
+
+ \y matches the empty string at either the begin-
+ ning or the end of a word.
+
+ \B matches the empty string within a word.
+
+ \< matches the empty string at the beginning of
+ a word.
+
+ \> matches the empty string at the end of a
+ word.
+
+ \w matches any word-constituent character (let-
+ ter, digit, or underscore).
+
+ \W matches any character that is not word-con-
+ stituent.
+
+ \` matches the empty string at the beginning of
+ a buffer (string).
+
+ \' matches the empty string at the end of a
+ buffer.
+
+ The escape sequences that are valid in string constants
+ (see below) are also valid in regular expressions.
+
+ Character classes are a feature introduced in the POSIX
+ standard. A character class is a special notation for
+ describing lists of characters that have a specific
+ attribute, but where the actual characters themselves
+ can vary from country to country and/or from character
+ set to character set. For example, the notion of what
+ is an alphabetic character differs in the USA and in
+ France.
+
+ A character class is only valid in a regular expression
+ inside the brackets of a character list. Character
+ classes consist of [:, a keyword denoting the class, and
+ :]. The character classes defined by the POSIX standard
+ are:
+
+ [:alnum:] Alphanumeric characters.
+
+ [:alpha:] Alphabetic characters.
+
+ [:blank:] Space or tab characters.
+
+ [:cntrl:] Control characters.
+
+ [:digit:] Numeric characters.
+
+ [:graph:] Characters that are both printable and visi-
+ ble. (A space is printable, but not visible,
+ while an a is both.)
+
+ [:lower:] Lower-case alphabetic characters.
+
+ [:print:] Printable characters (characters that are not
+ control characters.)
+
+ [:punct:] Punctuation characters (characters that are
+ not letter, digits, control characters, or
+ space characters).
+
+ [:space:] Space characters (such as space, tab, and
+ formfeed, to name a few).
+
+ [:upper:] Upper-case alphabetic characters.
+
+ [:xdigit:] Characters that are hexadecimal digits.
+
+ For example, before the POSIX standard, to match
+ alphanumeric characters, you would have had to write
+ /[A-Za-z0-9]/. If your character set had other alpha-
+ betic characters in it, this would not match them, and
+ if your character set collated differently from ASCII,
+ this might not even match the ASCII alphanumeric charac-
+ ters. With the POSIX character classes, you can write
+ /[[:alnum:]]/, and this matches the alphabetic and
+ numeric characters in your character set, no matter what
+ it is.
+
+ Two additional special sequences can appear in character
+ lists. These apply to non-ASCII character sets, which
+ can have single symbols (called collating elements) that
+ are represented with more than one character, as well as
+ several characters that are equivalent for collating, or
+ sorting, purposes. (E.g., in French, a plain "e" and a
+ grave-accented "`" are equivalent.)
+
+ Collating Symbols
+ A collating symbol is a multi-character collating
+ element enclosed in [. and .]. For example, if
+ ch is a collating element, then [[.ch.]] is a
+ regular expression that matches this collating
+ element, while [ch] is a regular expression that
+ matches either c or h.
+
+ Equivalence Classes
+ An equivalence class is a locale-specific name
+ for a list of characters that are equivalent.
+ The name is enclosed in [= and =]. For example,
+ the name e might be used to represent all of "e,"
+ "´," and "`." In this case, [[=e=]] is a regular
+ expression that matches any of e, ´, or `.
+
+ These features are very valuable in non-English speaking
+ locales. The library functions that gawk uses for regu-
+ lar expression matching currently only recognize POSIX
+ character classes; they do not recognize collating sym-
+ bols or equivalence classes.
+
+ The \y, \B, \<, \>, \w, \W, \`, and \' operators are
+ specific to gawk; they are extensions based on facili-
+ ties in the GNU regular expression libraries.
+
+ The various command line options control how gawk inter-
+ prets characters in regular expressions.
+
+ No options
+ In the default case, gawk provide all the facili-
+ ties of POSIX regular expressions and the GNU
+ regular expression operators described above.
+ However, interval expressions are not supported.
+
+ --posix
+ Only POSIX regular expressions are supported, the
+ GNU operators are not special. (E.g., \w matches
+ a literal w). Interval expressions are allowed.
+
+ --traditional
+ Traditional Unix awk regular expressions are
+ matched. The GNU operators are not special,
+ interval expressions are not available, and nei-
+ ther are the POSIX character classes ([[:alnum:]]
+ and so on). Characters described by octal and
+ hexadecimal escape sequences are treated liter-
+ ally, even if they represent regular expression
+ metacharacters.
+
+ --re-interval
+ Allow interval expressions in regular expres-
+ sions, even if --traditional has been provided.
+
+ Actions
+ Action statements are enclosed in braces, { and }.
+ Action statements consist of the usual assignment, con-
+ ditional, and looping statements found in most lan-
+ guages. The operators, control statements, and
+ input/output statements available are patterned after
+ those in C.
+
+ Operators
+ The operators in AWK, in order of decreasing precedence,
+ are
+
+
+ (...) Grouping
+
+ $ Field reference.
+
+ ++ -- Increment and decrement, both prefix and
+ postfix.
+
+ ^ Exponentiation (** may also be used, and **=
+ for the assignment operator).
+
+ + - ! Unary plus, unary minus, and logical nega-
+ tion.
+
+ * / % Multiplication, division, and modulus.
+
+ + - Addition and subtraction.
+
+ space String concatenation.
+
+ | |& Piped I/O for getline, print, and printf.
+
+ < >
+ <= >=
+ != == The regular relational operators.
+
+ ~ !~ Regular expression match, negated match.
+ NOTE: Do not use a constant regular expres-
+ sion (/foo/) on the left-hand side of a ~ or
+ !~. Only use one on the right-hand side.
+ The expression /foo/ ~ exp has the same
+ meaning as (($0 ~ /foo/) ~ exp). This is
+ usually not what was intended.
+
+ in Array membership.
+
+ && Logical AND.
+
+ || Logical OR.
+
+ ?: The C conditional expression. This has the
+ form expr1 ? expr2 : expr3. If expr1 is
+ true, the value of the expression is expr2,
+ otherwise it is expr3. Only one of expr2
+ and expr3 is evaluated.
+
+ = += -=
+ *= /= %= ^= Assignment. Both absolute assignment (var =
+ value) and operator-assignment (the other
+ forms) are supported.
+
+ Control Statements
+ The control statements are as follows:
+
+ if (condition) statement [ else statement ]
+ while (condition) statement
+ do statement while (condition)
+ for (expr1; expr2; expr3) statement
+ for (var in array) statement
+ break
+ continue
+ delete array[index]
+ delete array
+ exit [ expression ]
+ { statements }
+
+ I/O Statements
+ The input/output statements are as follows:
+
+
+ close(file [, how]) Close file, pipe or co-process.
+ The optional how should only be
+ used when closing one end of a
+ two-way pipe to a co-process. It
+ must be a string value, either
+ "to" or "from".
+
+ getline Set $0 from next input record; set
+ NF, NR, FNR.
+
+ getline <file Set $0 from next record of file;
+ set NF.
+
+ getline var Set var from next input record;
+ set NR, FNR.
+
+ getline var <file Set var from next record of file.
+
+ command | getline [var]
+ Run command piping the output
+ either into $0 or var, as above.
+
+ command |& getline [var]
+ Run command as a co-process piping
+ the output either into $0 or var,
+ as above. Co-processes are a gawk
+ extension. (command can also be a
+ socket. See the subsection Spe-
+ cial File Names, below.)
+
+ next Stop processing the current input
+ record. The next input record is
+ read and processing starts over
+ with the first pattern in the AWK
+ program. If the end of the input
+ data is reached, the END block(s),
+ if any, are executed.
+
+ nextfile Stop processing the current input
+ file. The next input record read
+ comes from the next input file.
+ FILENAME and ARGIND are updated,
+ FNR is reset to 1, and processing
+ starts over with the first pattern
+ in the AWK program. If the end of
+ the input data is reached, the END
+ block(s), if any, are executed.
+
+ print Prints the current record. The
+ output record is terminated with
+ the value of the ORS variable.
+
+ print expr-list Prints expressions. Each expres-
+ sion is separated by the value of
+ the OFS variable. The output
+ record is terminated with the
+ value of the ORS variable.
+
+ print expr-list >file Prints expressions on file. Each
+ expression is separated by the
+ value of the OFS variable. The
+ output record is terminated with
+ the value of the ORS variable.
+
+ printf fmt, expr-list Format and print.
+
+ printf fmt, expr-list >file
+ Format and print on file.
+
+ system(cmd-line) Execute the command cmd-line, and
+ return the exit status. (This may
+ not be available on non-POSIX sys-
+ tems.)
+
+ fflush([file]) Flush any buffers associated with
+ the open output file or pipe file.
+ If file is missing, then standard
+ output is flushed. If file is the
+ null string, then all open output
+ files and pipes have their buffers
+ flushed.
+
+ Additional output redirections are allowed for print and
+ printf.
+
+ print ... >> file
+ Appends output to the file.
+
+ print ... | command
+ Writes on a pipe.
+
+ print ... |& command
+ Sends data to a co-process or socket. (See also
+ the subsection Special File Names, below.)
+
+ The getline command returns 0 on end of file and -1 on
+ an error. Upon an error, ERRNO contains a string
+ describing the problem.
+
+ NOTE: If using a pipe, co-process, or socket to getline,
+ or from print or printf within a loop, you must use
+ close() to create new instances of the command or
+ socket. AWK does not automatically close pipes, sock-
+ ets, or co-processes when they return EOF.
+
+ The printf Statement
+ The AWK versions of the printf statement and sprintf()
+ function (see below) accept the following conversion
+ specification formats:
+
+ %c An ASCII character. If the argument used for %c
+ is numeric, it is treated as a character and
+ printed. Otherwise, the argument is assumed to
+ be a string, and the only first character of
+ that string is printed.
+
+ %d, %i A decimal number (the integer part).
+
+ %e, %E A floating point number of the form
+ [-]d.dddddde[+-]dd. The %E format uses E
+ instead of e.
+
+ %f, %F A floating point number of the form
+ [-]ddd.dddddd. If the system library supports
+ it, %F is available as well. This is like %f,
+ but uses capital letters for special "not a num-
+ ber" and "infinity" values. If %F is not avail-
+ able, gawk uses %f.
+
+ %g, %G Use %e or %f conversion, whichever is shorter,
+ with nonsignificant zeros suppressed. The %G
+ format uses %E instead of %e.
+
+ %o An unsigned octal number (also an integer).
+
+ %u An unsigned decimal number (again, an integer).
+
+ %s A character string.
+
+ %x, %X An unsigned hexadecimal number (an integer).
+ The %X format uses ABCDEF instead of abcdef.
+
+ %% A single % character; no argument is converted.
+
+ NOTE: When using the integer format-control letters for
+ values that are outside the range of a C long integer,
+ gawk switches to the %0f format specifier. If --lint is
+ provided on the command line gawk warns about this.
+ Other versions of awk may print invalid values or do
+ something else entirely.
+
+ Optional, additional parameters may lie between the %
+ and the control letter:
+
+ count$ Use the count'th argument at this point in the
+ formatting. This is called a positional speci-
+ fier and is intended primarily for use in trans-
+ lated versions of format strings, not in the
+ original text of an AWK program. It is a gawk
+ extension.
+
+ - The expression should be left-justified within
+ its field.
+
+ space For numeric conversions, prefix positive values
+ with a space, and negative values with a minus
+ sign.
+
+ + The plus sign, used before the width modifier
+ (see below), says to always supply a sign for
+ numeric conversions, even if the data to be for-
+ matted is positive. The + overrides the space
+ modifier.
+
+ # Use an "alternate form" for certain control let-
+ ters. For %o, supply a leading zero. For %x,
+ and %X, supply a leading 0x or 0X for a nonzero
+ result. For %e, %E, %f and %F, the result always
+ contains a decimal point. For %g, and %G, trail-
+ ing zeros are not removed from the result.
+
+ 0 A leading 0 (zero) acts as a flag, that indicates
+ output should be padded with zeroes instead of
+ spaces. This applies even to non-numeric output
+ formats. This flag only has an effect when the
+ field width is wider than the value to be
+ printed.
+
+ width The field should be padded to this width. The
+ field is normally padded with spaces. If the 0
+ flag has been used, it is padded with zeroes.
+
+ .prec A number that specifies the precision to use when
+ printing. For the %e, %E, %f and %F, formats,
+ this specifies the number of digits you want
+ printed to the right of the decimal point. For
+ the %g, and %G formats, it specifies the maximum
+ number of significant digits. For the %d, %o,
+ %i, %u, %x, and %X formats, it specifies the min-
+ imum number of digits to print. For %s, it spec-
+ ifies the maximum number of characters from the
+ string that should be printed.
+
+ The dynamic width and prec capabilities of the ANSI C
+ printf() routines are supported. A * in place of either
+ the width or prec specifications causes their values to
+ be taken from the argument list to printf or sprintf().
+ To use a positional specifier with a dynamic width or
+ precision, supply the count$ after the * in the format
+ string. For example, "%3$*2$.*1$s".
+
+ Special File Names
+ When doing I/O redirection from either print or printf
+ into a file, or via getline from a file, gawk recognizes
+ certain special filenames internally. These filenames
+ allow access to open file descriptors inherited from
+ gawk's parent process (usually the shell). These file
+ names may also be used on the command line to name data
+ files. The filenames are:
+
+ /dev/stdin The standard input.
+
+ /dev/stdout The standard output.
+
+ /dev/stderr The standard error output.
+
+ /dev/fd/n The file associated with the open file
+ descriptor n.
+
+ These are particularly useful for error messages. For
+ example:
+
+ print "You blew it!" > "/dev/stderr"
+
+ whereas you would otherwise have to use
+
+ print "You blew it!" | "cat 1>&2"
+
+ The following special filenames may be used with the |&
+ co-process operator for creating TCP/IP network connec-
+ tions.
+
+ /inet/tcp/lport/rhost/rport File for TCP/IP connection
+ on local port lport to
+ remote host rhost on remote
+ port rport. Use a port of
+ 0 to have the system pick a
+ port.
+
+ /inet/udp/lport/rhost/rport Similar, but use UDP/IP
+ instead of TCP/IP.
+
+ /inet/raw/lport/rhost/rport Reserved for future use.
+
+ Other special filenames provide access to information
+ about the running gawk process. These filenames are now
+ obsolete. Use the PROCINFO array to obtain the informa-
+ tion they provide. The filenames are:
+
+ /dev/pid Reading this file returns the process ID of
+ the current process, in decimal, terminated
+ with a newline.
+
+ /dev/ppid Reading this file returns the parent process
+ ID of the current process, in decimal, ter-
+ minated with a newline.
+
+ /dev/pgrpid Reading this file returns the process group
+ ID of the current process, in decimal, ter-
+ minated with a newline.
+
+ /dev/user Reading this file returns a single record
+ terminated with a newline. The fields are
+ separated with spaces. $1 is the value of
+ the getuid(2) system call, $2 is the value
+ of the geteuid(2) system call, $3 is the
+ value of the getgid(2) system call, and $4
+ is the value of the getegid(2) system call.
+ If there are any additional fields, they are
+ the group IDs returned by getgroups(2).
+ Multiple groups may not be supported on all
+ systems.
+
+ Numeric Functions
+ AWK has the following built-in arithmetic functions:
+
+
+ atan2(y, x) Returns the arctangent of y/x in radians.
+
+ cos(expr) Returns the cosine of expr, which is in
+ radians.
+
+ exp(expr) The exponential function.
+
+ int(expr) Truncates to integer.
+
+ log(expr) The natural logarithm function.
+
+ rand() Returns a random number N, between 0 and
+ 1, such that 0 <= N < 1.
+
+ sin(expr) Returns the sine of expr, which is in
+ radians.
+
+ sqrt(expr) The square root function.
+
+ srand([expr]) Uses expr as a new seed for the random
+ number generator. If no expr is provided,
+ the time of day is used. The return value
+ is the previous seed for the random number
+ generator.
+
+ String Functions
+ Gawk has the following built-in string functions:
+
+
+ asort(s [, d]) Returns the number of elements
+ in the source array s. The con-
+ tents of s are sorted using
+ gawk's normal rules for compar-
+ ing values, and the indices of
+ the sorted values of s are
+ replaced with sequential inte-
+ gers starting with 1. If the
+ optional destination array d is
+ specified, then s is first
+ duplicated into d, and then d is
+ sorted, leaving the indices of
+ the source array s unchanged.
+
+ asorti(s [, d]) Returns the number of elements
+ in the source array s. The
+ behavior is the same as that of
+ asort(), except that the array
+ indices are used for sorting,
+ not the array values. When
+ done, the array is indexed
+ numerically, and the values are
+ those of the original indices.
+ The original values are lost;
+ thus provide a second array if
+ you wish to preserve the origi-
+ nal.
+
+ gensub(r, s, h [, t]) Search the target string t for
+ matches of the regular expres-
+ sion r. If h is a string begin-
+ ning with g or G, then replace
+ all matches of r with s. Other-
+ wise, h is a number indicating
+ which match of r to replace. If
+ t is not supplied, $0 is used
+ instead. Within the replacement
+ text s, the sequence \n, where n
+ is a digit from 1 to 9, may be
+ used to indicate just the text
+ that matched the n'th parenthe-
+ sized subexpression. The
+ sequence \0 represents the
+ entire matched text, as does the
+ character &. Unlike sub() and
+ gsub(), the modified string is
+ returned as the result of the
+ function, and the original tar-
+ get string is not changed.
+
+ gsub(r, s [, t]) For each substring matching the
+ regular expression r in the
+ string t, substitute the string
+ s, and return the number of sub-
+ stitutions. If t is not sup-
+ plied, use $0. An & in the
+ replacement text is replaced
+ with the text that was actually
+ matched. Use \& to get a lit-
+ eral &. (This must be typed as
+ "\\&"; see GAWK: Effective AWK
+ Programming for a fuller discus-
+ sion of the rules for &'s and
+ backslashes in the replacement
+ text of sub(), gsub(), and gen-
+ sub().)
+
+ index(s, t) Returns the index of the string
+ t in the string s, or 0 if t is
+ not present. (This implies that
+ character indices start at one.)
+
+ length([s]) Returns the length of the string
+ s, or the length of $0 if s is
+ not supplied. Starting with
+ version 3.1.5, as a non-standard
+ extension, with an array argu-
+ ment, length() returns the num-
+ ber of elements in the array.
+
+ match(s, r [, a]) Returns the position in s where
+ the regular expression r occurs,
+ or 0 if r is not present, and
+ sets the values of RSTART and
+ RLENGTH. Note that the argument
+ order is the same as for the ~
+ operator: str ~ re. If array a
+ is provided, a is cleared and
+ then elements 1 through n are
+ filled with the portions of s
+ that match the corresponding
+ parenthesized subexpression in
+ r. The 0'th element of a con-
+ tains the portion of s matched
+ by the entire regular expression
+ r. Subscripts a[n, "start"],
+ and a[n, "length"] provide the
+ starting index in the string and
+ length respectively, of each
+ matching substring.
+
+ split(s, a [, r]) Splits the string s into the
+ array a on the regular expres-
+ sion r, and returns the number
+ of fields. If r is omitted, FS
+ is used instead. The array a is
+ cleared first. Splitting
+ behaves identically to field
+ splitting, described above.
+
+ sprintf(fmt, expr-list) Prints expr-list according to
+ fmt, and returns the resulting
+ string.
+
+ strtonum(str) Examines str, and returns its
+ numeric value. If str begins
+ with a leading 0, strtonum()
+ assumes that str is an octal
+ number. If str begins with a
+ leading 0x or 0X, strtonum()
+ assumes that str is a hexadeci-
+ mal number.
+
+ sub(r, s [, t]) Just like gsub(), but only the
+ first matching substring is
+ replaced.
+
+ substr(s, i [, n]) Returns the at most n-character
+ substring of s starting at i.
+ If n is omitted, the rest of s
+ is used.
+
+ tolower(str) Returns a copy of the string
+ str, with all the upper-case
+ characters in str translated to
+ their corresponding lower-case
+ counterparts. Non-alphabetic
+ characters are left unchanged.
+
+ toupper(str) Returns a copy of the string
+ str, with all the lower-case
+ characters in str translated to
+ their corresponding upper-case
+ counterparts. Non-alphabetic
+ characters are left unchanged.
+
+ As of version 3.1.5, gawk is multibyte aware. This
+ means that index(), length(), substr() and match() all
+ work in terms of characters, not bytes.
+
+ Time Functions
+ Since one of the primary uses of AWK programs is pro-
+ cessing log files that contain time stamp information,
+ gawk provides the following functions for obtaining time
+ stamps and formatting them.
+
+
+ mktime(datespec)
+ Turns datespec into a time stamp of the same
+ form as returned by systime(). The datespec
+ is a string of the form YYYY MM DD HH MM SS[
+ DST]. The contents of the string are six or
+ seven numbers representing respectively the
+ full year including century, the month from 1
+ to 12, the day of the month from 1 to 31, the
+ hour of the day from 0 to 23, the minute from
+ 0 to 59, and the second from 0 to 60, and an
+ optional daylight saving flag. The values of
+ these numbers need not be within the ranges
+ specified; for example, an hour of -1 means 1
+ hour before midnight. The origin-zero Grego-
+ rian calendar is assumed, with year 0 preced-
+ ing year 1 and year -1 preceding year 0. The
+ time is assumed to be in the local timezone.
+ If the daylight saving flag is positive, the
+ time is assumed to be daylight saving time; if
+ zero, the time is assumed to be standard time;
+ and if negative (the default), mktime()
+ attempts to determine whether daylight saving
+ time is in effect for the specified time. If
+ datespec does not contain enough elements or
+ if the resulting time is out of range,
+ mktime() returns -1.
+
+ strftime([format [, timestamp[, utc-flag]]])
+ Formats timestamp according to the specifica-
+ tion in format. If utc-flag is present and is
+ non-zero or non-null, the result is in UTC,
+ otherwise the result is in local time. The
+ timestamp should be of the same form as
+ returned by systime(). If timestamp is miss-
+ ing, the current time of day is used. If for-
+ mat is missing, a default format equivalent to
+ the output of date(1) is used. See the speci-
+ fication for the strftime() function in ANSI C
+ for the format conversions that are guaranteed
+ to be available.
+
+ systime() Returns the current time of day as the number
+ of seconds since the Epoch (1970-01-01
+ 00:00:00 UTC on POSIX systems).
+
+ Bit Manipulations Functions
+ Starting with version 3.1 of gawk, the following bit
+ manipulation functions are available. They work by con-
+ verting double-precision floating point values to
+ uintmax_t integers, doing the operation, and then con-
+ verting the result back to floating point. The func-
+ tions are:
+
+ and(v1, v2) Return the bitwise AND of the values
+ provided by v1 and v2.
+
+ compl(val) Return the bitwise complement of
+ val.
+
+ lshift(val, count) Return the value of val, shifted
+ left by count bits.
+
+ or(v1, v2) Return the bitwise OR of the values
+ provided by v1 and v2.
+
+ rshift(val, count) Return the value of val, shifted
+ right by count bits.
+
+ xor(v1, v2) Return the bitwise XOR of the values
+ provided by v1 and v2.
+
+
+ Internationalization Functions
+ Starting with version 3.1 of gawk, the following func-
+ tions may be used from within your AWK program for
+ translating strings at run-time. For full details, see
+ GAWK: Effective AWK Programming.
+
+ bindtextdomain(directory [, domain])
+ Specifies the directory where gawk looks for the
+ .mo files, in case they will not or cannot be
+ placed in the ``standard'' locations (e.g., dur-
+ ing testing). It returns the directory where
+ domain is ``bound.''
+ The default domain is the value of TEXTDOMAIN.
+ If directory is the null string (""), then bind-
+ textdomain() returns the current binding for the
+ given domain.
+
+ dcgettext(string [, domain [, category]])
+ Returns the translation of string in text domain
+ domain for locale category category. The default
+ value for domain is the current value of TEXTDO-
+ MAIN. The default value for category is "LC_MES-
+ SAGES".
+ If you supply a value for category, it must be a
+ string equal to one of the known locale cate-
+ gories described in GAWK: Effective AWK Program-
+ ming. You must also supply a text domain. Use
+ TEXTDOMAIN if you want to use the current domain.
+
+ dcngettext(string1 , string2 , number [, domain [, cate-
+ gory]])
+ Returns the plural form used for number of the
+ translation of string1 and string2 in text domain
+ domain for locale category category. The default
+ value for domain is the current value of TEXTDO-
+ MAIN. The default value for category is "LC_MES-
+ SAGES".
+ If you supply a value for category, it must be a
+ string equal to one of the known locale cate-
+ gories described in GAWK: Effective AWK Program-
+ ming. You must also supply a text domain. Use
+ TEXTDOMAIN if you want to use the current domain.
+
+USER-DEFINED FUNCTIONS
+ Functions in AWK are defined as follows:
+
+ function name(parameter list) { statements }
+
+ Functions are executed when they are called from within
+ expressions in either patterns or actions. Actual
+ parameters supplied in the function call are used to
+ instantiate the formal parameters declared in the func-
+ tion. Arrays are passed by reference, other variables
+ are passed by value.
+
+ Since functions were not originally part of the AWK lan-
+ guage, the provision for local variables is rather
+ clumsy: They are declared as extra parameters in the
+ parameter list. The convention is to separate local
+ variables from real parameters by extra spaces in the
+ parameter list. For example:
+
+ function f(p, q, a, b) # a and b are local
+ {
+ ...
+ }
+
+ /abc/ { ... ; f(1, 2) ; ... }
+
+ The left parenthesis in a function call is required to
+ immediately follow the function name, without any inter-
+ vening white space. This avoids a syntactic ambiguity
+ with the concatenation operator. This restriction does
+ not apply to the built-in functions listed above.
+
+ Functions may call each other and may be recursive.
+ Function parameters used as local variables are initial-
+ ized to the null string and the number zero upon func-
+ tion invocation.
+
+ Use return expr to return a value from a function. The
+ return value is undefined if no value is provided, or if
+ the function returns by "falling off" the end.
+
+ If --lint has been provided, gawk warns about calls to
+ undefined functions at parse time, instead of at run
+ time. Calling an undefined function at run time is a
+ fatal error.
+
+ The word func may be used in place of function.
+
+DYNAMICALLY LOADING NEW FUNCTIONS
+ Beginning with version 3.1 of gawk, you can dynamically
+ add new built-in functions to the running gawk inter-
+ preter. The full details are beyond the scope of this
+ manual page; see GAWK: Effective AWK Programming for the
+ details.
+
+
+ extension(object, function)
+ Dynamically link the shared object file named by
+ object, and invoke function in that object, to
+ perform initialization. These should both be
+ provided as strings. Returns the value returned
+ by function.
+
+ This function is provided and documented in GAWK: Effec-
+ tive AWK Programming, but everything about this feature
+ is likely to change eventually. We STRONGLY recommend
+ that you do not use this feature for anything that you
+ aren't willing to redo.
+
+SIGNALS
+ pgawk accepts two signals. SIGUSR1 causes it to dump a
+ profile and function call stack to the profile file,
+ which is either awkprof.out, or whatever file was named
+ with the --profile option. It then continues to run.
+ SIGHUP causes pgawk to dump the profile and function
+ call stack and then exit.
+
+EXAMPLES
+ Print and sort the login names of all users:
+
+ BEGIN { FS = ":" }
+ { print $1 | "sort" }
+
+ Count lines in a file:
+
+ { nlines++ }
+ END { print nlines }
+
+ Precede each line by its number in the file:
+
+ { print FNR, $0 }
+
+ Concatenate and line number (a variation on a theme):
+
+ { print NR, $0 }
+ Run an external command for particular lines of data:
+
+ tail -f access_log |
+ awk '/myhome.html/ { system("nmap " $1 ">> logdir/myhome.html") }'
+
+INTERNATIONALIZATION
+ String constants are sequences of characters enclosed in
+ double quotes. In non-English speaking environments, it
+ is possible to mark strings in the AWK program as
+ requiring translation to the native natural language.
+ Such strings are marked in the AWK program with a lead-
+ ing underscore ("_"). For example,
+
+ gawk 'BEGIN { print "hello, world" }'
+
+ always prints hello, world. But,
+
+ gawk 'BEGIN { print _"hello, world" }'
+
+ might print bonjour, monde in France.
+
+ There are several steps involved in producing and run-
+ ning a localizable AWK program.
+
+ 1. Add a BEGIN action to assign a value to the TEXTDO-
+ MAIN variable to set the text domain to a name asso-
+ ciated with your program.
+
+ BEGIN { TEXTDOMAIN = "myprog" }
+
+ This allows gawk to find the .mo file associated with
+ your program. Without this step, gawk uses the messages
+ text domain, which likely does not contain translations
+ for your program.
+
+ 2. Mark all strings that should be translated with
+ leading underscores.
+
+ 3. If necessary, use the dcgettext() and/or bindtextdo-
+ main() functions in your program, as appropriate.
+
+ 4. Run gawk --gen-po -f myprog.awk > myprog.po to gen-
+ erate a .po file for your program.
+
+ 5. Provide appropriate translations, and build and
+ install the corresponding .mo files.
+
+ The internationalization features are described in full
+ detail in GAWK: Effective AWK Programming.
+
+POSIX COMPATIBILITY
+ A primary goal for gawk is compatibility with the POSIX
+ standard, as well as with the latest version of UNIX
+ awk. To this end, gawk incorporates the following user
+ visible features which are not described in the AWK
+ book, but are part of the Bell Laboratories version of
+ awk, and are in the POSIX standard.
+
+ The book indicates that command line variable assignment
+ happens when awk would otherwise open the argument as a
+ file, which is after the BEGIN block is executed. How-
+ ever, in earlier implementations, when such an assign-
+ ment appeared before any file names, the assignment
+ would happen before the BEGIN block was run. Applica-
+ tions came to depend on this "feature." When awk was
+ changed to match its documentation, the -v option for
+ assigning variables before program execution was added
+ to accommodate applications that depended upon the old
+ behavior. (This feature was agreed upon by both the
+ Bell Laboratories and the GNU developers.)
+
+ The -W option for implementation specific features is
+ from the POSIX standard.
+
+ When processing arguments, gawk uses the special option
+ "--" to signal the end of arguments. In compatibility
+ mode, it warns about but otherwise ignores undefined
+ options. In normal operation, such arguments are passed
+ on to the AWK program for it to process.
+
+ The AWK book does not define the return value of
+ srand(). The POSIX standard has it return the seed it
+ was using, to allow keeping track of random number
+ sequences. Therefore srand() in gawk also returns its
+ current seed.
+
+ Other new features are: The use of multiple -f options
+ (from MKS awk); the ENVIRON array; the \a, and \v escape
+ sequences (done originally in gawk and fed back into the
+ Bell Laboratories version); the tolower() and toupper()
+ built-in functions (from the Bell Laboratories version);
+ and the ANSI C conversion specifications in printf (done
+ first in the Bell Laboratories version).
+
+HISTORICAL FEATURES
+ There are two features of historical AWK implementations
+ that gawk supports. First, it is possible to call the
+ length() built-in function not only with no argument,
+ but even without parentheses! Thus,
+
+ a = length # Holy Algol 60, Batman!
+
+ is the same as either of
+
+ a = length()
+ a = length($0)
+
+ This feature is marked as "deprecated" in the POSIX
+ standard, and gawk issues a warning about its use if
+ --lint is specified on the command line.
+
+ The other feature is the use of either the continue or
+ the break statements outside the body of a while, for,
+ or do loop. Traditional AWK implementations have
+ treated such usage as equivalent to the next statement.
+ Gawk supports this usage if --traditional has been spec-
+ ified.
+
+GNU EXTENSIONS
+ Gawk has a number of extensions to POSIX awk. They are
+ described in this section. All the extensions described
+ here can be disabled by invoking gawk with the --tradi-
+ tional or --posix options.
+
+ The following features of gawk are not available in
+ POSIX awk.
+
+ · No path search is performed for files named via the -f
+ option. Therefore the AWKPATH environment variable is
+ not special.
+
+ · The \x escape sequence. (Disabled with --posix.)
+
+ · The fflush() function. (Disabled with --posix.)
+
+ · The ability to continue lines after ? and :. (Dis-
+ abled with --posix.)
+
+ · Octal and hexadecimal constants in AWK programs.
+
+ · The ARGIND, BINMODE, ERRNO, LINT, RT and TEXTDOMAIN
+ variables are not special.
+
+ · The IGNORECASE variable and its side-effects are not
+ available.
+
+ · The FIELDWIDTHS variable and fixed-width field split-
+ ting.
+
+ · The PROCINFO array is not available.
+
+ · The use of RS as a regular expression.
+
+ · The special file names available for I/O redirection
+ are not recognized.
+
+ · The |& operator for creating co-processes.
+
+ · The ability to split out individual characters using
+ the null string as the value of FS, and as the third
+ argument to split().
+
+ · The optional second argument to the close() function.
+
+ · The optional third argument to the match() function.
+
+ · The ability to use positional specifiers with printf
+ and sprintf().
+
+ · The ability to pass an array to length().
+
+ · The use of delete array to delete the entire contents
+ of an array.
+
+ · The use of nextfile to abandon processing of the cur-
+ rent input file.
+
+ · The and(), asort(), asorti(), bindtextdomain(),
+ compl(), dcgettext(), dcngettext(), gensub(),
+ lshift(), mktime(), or(), rshift(), strftime(), str-
+ tonum(), systime() and xor() functions.
+
+ · Localizable strings.
+
+ · Adding new built-in functions dynamically with the
+ extension() function.
+
+ The AWK book does not define the return value of the
+ close() function. Gawk's close() returns the value from
+ fclose(3), or pclose(3), when closing an output file or
+ pipe, respectively. It returns the process's exit sta-
+ tus when closing an input pipe. The return value is -1
+ if the named file, pipe or co-process was not opened
+ with a redirection.
+
+ When gawk is invoked with the --traditional option, if
+ the fs argument to the -F option is "t", then FS is set
+ to the tab character. Note that typing gawk -F\t ...
+ simply causes the shell to quote the "t," and does not
+ pass "\t" to the -F option. Since this is a rather ugly
+ special case, it is not the default behavior. This
+ behavior also does not occur if --posix has been speci-
+ fied. To really get a tab character as the field sepa-
+ rator, it is best to use single quotes: gawk -F'\t' ....
+
+ If gawk is configured with the --enable-switch option to
+ the configure command, then it accepts an additional
+ control-flow statement:
+ switch (expression) {
+ case value|regex : statement
+ ...
+ [ default: statement ]
+ }
+
+ If gawk is configured with the --disable-directories-
+ fatal option, then it will silently skip directories
+ named on the command line. Otherwise, it will do so
+ only if invoked with the --traditional option.
+
+ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
+ The AWKPATH environment variable can be used to provide
+ a list of directories that gawk searches when looking
+ for files named via the -f and --file options.
+
+ If POSIXLY_CORRECT exists in the environment, then gawk
+ behaves exactly as if --posix had been specified on the
+ command line. If --lint has been specified, gawk issues
+ a warning message to this effect.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ egrep(1), getpid(2), getppid(2), getpgrp(2), getuid(2),
+ geteuid(2), getgid(2), getegid(2), getgroups(2)
+
+ The AWK Programming Language, Alfred V. Aho, Brian W.
+ Kernighan, Peter J. Weinberger, Addison-Wesley, 1988.
+ ISBN 0-201-07981-X.
+
+ GAWK: Effective AWK Programming, Edition 3.0, published
+ by the Free Software Foundation, 2001. The current ver-
+ sion of this document is available online at
+ http://www.gnu.org/software/gawk/manual.
+
+BUGS
+ The -F option is not necessary given the command line
+ variable assignment feature; it remains only for back-
+ wards compatibility.
+
+ Syntactically invalid single character programs tend to
+ overflow the parse stack, generating a rather unhelpful
+ message. Such programs are surprisingly difficult to
+ diagnose in the completely general case, and the effort
+ to do so really is not worth it.
+
+AUTHORS
+ The original version of UNIX awk was designed and imple-
+ mented by Alfred Aho, Peter Weinberger, and Brian
+ Kernighan of Bell Laboratories. Brian Kernighan contin-
+ ues to maintain and enhance it.
+
+ Paul Rubin and Jay Fenlason, of the Free Software Foun-
+ dation, wrote gawk, to be compatible with the original
+ version of awk distributed in Seventh Edition UNIX.
+ John Woods contributed a number of bug fixes. David
+ Trueman, with contributions from Arnold Robbins, made
+ gawk compatible with the new version of UNIX awk.
+ Arnold Robbins is the current maintainer.
+
+ The initial DOS port was done by Conrad Kwok and Scott
+ Garfinkle. Scott Deifik is the current DOS maintainer.
+ Pat Rankin did the port to VMS, and Michal Jaegermann
+ did the port to the Atari ST. The port to OS/2 was done
+ by Kai Uwe Rommel, with contributions and help from Dar-
+ rel Hankerson. Juan M. Guerrero now maintains the OS/2
+ port. Fred Fish supplied support for the Amiga, and
+ Martin Brown provided the BeOS port. Stephen Davies
+ provided the original Tandem port, and Matthew Woehlke
+ provided changes for Tandem's POSIX-compliant systems.
+
+VERSION INFORMATION
+ This man page documents gawk, version 3.1.6.
+
+BUG REPORTS
+ If you find a bug in gawk, please send electronic mail
+ to bug-gawk@gnu.org. Please include your operating sys-
+ tem and its revision, the version of gawk (from gawk
+ --version), what C compiler you used to compile it, and
+ a test program and data that are as small as possible
+ for reproducing the problem.
+
+ Before sending a bug report, please do the following
+ things. First, verify that you have the latest version
+ of gawk. Many bugs (usually subtle ones) are fixed at
+ each release, and if yours is out of date, the problem
+ may already have been solved. Second, please see if
+ setting the environment variable LC_ALL to LC_ALL=C
+ causes things to behave as you expect. If so, it's a
+ locale issue, and may or may not really be a bug.
+ Finally, please read this man page and the reference
+ manual carefully to be sure that what you think is a bug
+ really is, instead of just a quirk in the language.
+
+ Whatever you do, do NOT post a bug report in
+ comp.lang.awk. While the gawk developers occasionally
+ read this newsgroup, posting bug reports there is an
+ unreliable way to report bugs. Instead, please use the
+ electronic mail addresses given above.
+
+ If you're using a GNU/Linux system or BSD-based system,
+ you may wish to submit a bug report to the vendor of
+ your distribution. That's fine, but please send a copy
+ to the official email address as well, since there's no
+ guarantee that the bug will be forwarded to the gawk
+ maintainer.
+
+ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
+ Brian Kernighan of Bell Laboratories provided valuable
+ assistance during testing and debugging. We thank him.
+
+COPYING PERMISSIONS
+ Copyright © 1989, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
+ 1997, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2007
+ Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim
+ copies of this manual page provided the copyright notice
+ and this permission notice are preserved on all copies.
+
+ Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified
+ versions of this manual page under the conditions for
+ verbatim copying, provided that the entire resulting
+ derived work is distributed under the terms of a permis-
+ sion notice identical to this one.
+
+ Permission is granted to copy and distribute transla-
+ tions of this manual page into another language, under
+ the above conditions for modified versions, except that
+ this permission notice may be stated in a translation
+ approved by the Foundation.
+
+
+
+Free Software Foundation Oct 19 2007 GAWK(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/groups.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/groups.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f08bc6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/groups.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+GROUPS(1) User Commands GROUPS(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ groups - print the groups a user is in
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ groups [OPTION]... [USERNAME]...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ Same as id -Gn. If no USERNAME, use current process.
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by David MacKenzie.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for groups is maintained as a
+ Texinfo manual. If the info and groups programs are
+ properly installed at your site, the command
+
+ info groups
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+groups 5.3.0 November 2004 GROUPS(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/head.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/head.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..851f555
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/head.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+HEAD(1) User Commands HEAD(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ head - output the first part of files
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ head [OPTION]... [FILE]...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Print the first 10 lines of each FILE to standard out-
+ put. With more than one FILE, precede each with a
+ header giving the file name. With no FILE, or when FILE
+ is -, read standard input.
+
+ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for
+ short options too.
+
+ -c, --bytes=[-]N
+ print the first N bytes of each file; with the
+ leading `-', print all but the last N bytes of
+ each file
+
+ -n, --lines=[-]N
+ print the first N lines instead of the first 10;
+ with the leading `-', print all but the last N
+ lines of each file
+
+ -q, --quiet, --silent
+ never print headers giving file names
+
+ -v, --verbose
+ always print headers giving file names
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ N may have a multiplier suffix: b 512, k 1024, m
+ 1024*1024.
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by David MacKenzie and Jim Meyering.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for head is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and head programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info head
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+head 5.3.0 November 2004 HEAD(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/hostid.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/hostid.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..57f4b2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/hostid.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+HOSTID(1) User Commands HOSTID(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ hostid - print the numeric identifier for the current
+ host
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ hostid
+
+ hostid OPTION
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Print the numeric identifier (in hexadecimal) for the
+ current host.
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Jim Meyering.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for hostid is maintained as a
+ Texinfo manual. If the info and hostid programs are
+ properly installed at your site, the command
+
+ info hostid
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+hostid 5.3.0 November 2004 HOSTID(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/hostname.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/hostname.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e774633
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/hostname.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+HOSTNAME(1) User Commands HOSTNAME(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ hostname - set or print the name of the current host
+ system
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ hostname [NAME]
+ hostname OPTION
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Print or set the hostname of the current system.
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Jim Meyering.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for hostname is maintained as a
+ Texinfo manual. If the info and hostname programs are
+ properly installed at your site, the command
+
+ info hostname
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+hostname 5.3.0 November 2004 HOSTNAME(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/id.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/id.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f2d40f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/id.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+ID(1) User Commands ID(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ id - print real and effective UIDs and GIDs
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ id [OPTION]... [USERNAME]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Print information for USERNAME, or the current user.
+
+ -a ignore, for compatibility with other versions
+
+ -g, --group
+ print only the effective group ID
+
+ -G, --groups
+ print all group IDs
+
+ -n, --name
+ print a name instead of a number, for -ugG
+
+ -r, --real
+ print the real ID instead of the effective ID,
+ with -ugG
+
+ -u, --user
+ print only the effective user ID
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ Without any OPTION, print some useful set of identified
+ information.
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Arnold Robbins and David MacKenzie.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for id is maintained as a Texinfo
+ manual. If the info and id programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info id
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+id 5.3.0 November 2004 ID(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/igawk.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/igawk.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c3d142c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/igawk.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+IGAWK(1) Utility Commands IGAWK(1)
+
+
+
+NAME
+ igawk - gawk with include files
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ igawk [ all gawk options ] -f program-file [ -- ] file
+ ...
+ igawk [ all gawk options ] [ -- ] program-text file ...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Igawk is a simple shell script that adds the ability to
+ have ``include files'' to gawk(1).
+
+ AWK programs for igawk are the same as for gawk, except
+ that, in addition, you may have lines like
+
+ @include getopt.awk
+
+ in your program to include the file getopt.awk from
+ either the current directory or one of the other direc-
+ tories in the search path.
+
+OPTIONS
+ See gawk(1) for a full description of the AWK language
+ and the options that gawk supports.
+
+EXAMPLES
+ cat << EOF > test.awk
+ @include getopt.awk
+
+ BEGIN {
+ while (getopt(ARGC, ARGV, "am:q") != -1)
+ ...
+ }
+ EOF
+
+ igawk -f test.awk
+
+SEE ALSO
+ gawk(1)
+
+ Effective AWK Programming, Edition 1.0, published by the
+ Free Software Foundation, 1995.
+
+AUTHOR
+ Arnold Robbins (arnold@skeeve.com).
+
+
+
+Free Software Foundation Nov 3 1999 IGAWK(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/install.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/install.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..369116e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/install.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+INSTALL(1) User Commands INSTALL(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ install - copy files and set attributes
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ install [OPTION]... [-T] SOURCE DEST
+ install [OPTION]... SOURCE... DIRECTORY
+ install [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SOURCE...
+ install [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORY...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ In the first three forms, copy SOURCE to DEST or multi-
+ ple SOURCE(s) to the existing DIRECTORY, while setting
+ permission modes and owner/group. In the 4th form, cre-
+ ate all components of the given DIRECTORY(ies).
+
+ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for
+ short options too.
+
+ --backup[=CONTROL] make a backup of each existing desti-
+ nation file
+
+ -b like --backup but does not accept an argument
+
+ -c (ignored)
+
+ -d, --directory
+ treat all arguments as directory names; create
+ all components of the specified directories
+
+ -D create all leading components of DEST except the
+ last, then copy SOURCE to DEST
+
+ -g, --group=GROUP
+ set group ownership, instead of process' current
+ group
+
+ -m, --mode=MODE
+ set permission mode (as in chmod), instead of
+ rwxr-xr-x
+
+ -o, --owner=OWNER
+ set ownership (super-user only)
+
+ -p, --preserve-timestamps
+ apply access/modification times of SOURCE files
+ to corresponding destination files
+
+ -s, --strip
+ strip symbol tables
+
+ -S, --suffix=SUFFIX override the usual backup suffix
+
+ -t, --target-directory=DIRECTORY
+ copy all SOURCE arguments into DIRECTORY
+
+ -T, --no-target-directory
+ treat DEST as a normal file
+
+ -v, --verbose
+ print the name of each directory as it is created
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ The backup suffix is `~', unless set with --suffix or
+ SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX. The version control method may be
+ selected via the --backup option or through the VER-
+ SION_CONTROL environment variable. Here are the values:
+
+ none, off
+ never make backups (even if --backup is given)
+
+ numbered, t
+ make numbered backups
+
+ existing, nil
+ numbered if numbered backups exist, simple other-
+ wise
+
+ simple, never
+ always make simple backups
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by David MacKenzie.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for install is maintained as a
+ Texinfo manual. If the info and install programs are
+ properly installed at your site, the command
+
+ info install
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+install 5.3.0 November 2004 INSTALL(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/join.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/join.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..32597ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/join.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+JOIN(1) User Commands JOIN(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ join - join lines of two files on a common field
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ join [OPTION]... FILE1 FILE2
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ For each pair of input lines with identical join fields,
+ write a line to standard output. The default join field
+ is the first, delimited by whitespace. When FILE1 or
+ FILE2 (not both) is -, read standard input.
+
+ -a FILENUM
+ print unpairable lines coming from file FILENUM,
+ where FILENUM is 1 or 2, corresponding to FILE1
+ or FILE2
+
+ -e EMPTY
+ replace missing input fields with EMPTY
+
+ -i, --ignore-case ignore differences in case when com-
+ paring fields
+
+ -j FIELD
+ equivalent to `-1 FIELD -2 FIELD'
+
+ -o FORMAT
+ obey FORMAT while constructing output line
+
+ -t CHAR
+ use CHAR as input and output field separator
+
+ -v FILENUM
+ like -a FILENUM, but suppress joined output lines
+
+ -1 FIELD
+ join on this FIELD of file 1
+
+ -2 FIELD
+ join on this FIELD of file 2
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ Unless -t CHAR is given, leading blanks separate fields
+ and are ignored, else fields are separated by CHAR. Any
+ FIELD is a field number counted from 1. FORMAT is one
+ or more comma or blank separated specifications, each
+ being `FILENUM.FIELD' or `0'. Default FORMAT outputs
+ the join field, the remaining fields from FILE1, the
+ remaining fields from FILE2, all separated by CHAR.
+
+ Important: FILE1 and FILE2 must be sorted on the join
+ fields.
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Mike Haertel.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for join is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and join programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info join
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+join 5.3.0 December 2004 JOIN(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/kill.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/kill.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c7f87b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/kill.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+KILL(1) User Commands KILL(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ kill - send signals to processes, or list signals
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ kill [-s SIGNAL | -SIGNAL] PID...
+ kill -l [SIGNAL]...
+ kill -t [SIGNAL]...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Send signals to processes, or list signals.
+
+ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for
+ short options too.
+
+ -s, --signal=SIGNAL, -SIGNAL
+
+ specify the name or number of the signal to be
+ sent
+
+ -l, --list
+ list signal names, or convert signal names
+ to/from numbers
+
+ -t, --table
+ print a table of signal information
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ SIGNAL may be a signal name like `HUP', or a signal num-
+ ber like `1', or an exit status of a process terminated
+ by a signal. PID is an integer; if negative it identi-
+ fies a process group.
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Paul Eggert.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for kill is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and kill programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info kill
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+kill 5.3.0 November 2004 KILL(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/link.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/link.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..13e16f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/link.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+LINK(1) User Commands LINK(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ link - call the link function to create a link to a file
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ link FILE1 FILE2
+ link OPTION
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Call the link function to create a link named FILE2 to
+ an existing FILE1.
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Michael Stone.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for link is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and link programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info link
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+link 5.3.0 November 2004 LINK(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/ln.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/ln.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b83cfff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/ln.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+LN(1) User Commands LN(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ ln - make links between files
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ ln [OPTION]... [-T] TARGET LINK_NAME (1st form)
+ ln [OPTION]... TARGET (2nd form)
+ ln [OPTION]... TARGET... DIRECTORY (3rd form)
+ ln [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY TARGET... (4th form)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ In the 1st form, create a link to TARGET with the name
+ LINK_NAME. In the 2nd form, create a link to TARGET in
+ the current directory. In the 3rd and 4th forms, create
+ links to each TARGET in DIRECTORY. Create hard links by
+ default, symbolic links with --symbolic. When creating
+ hard links, each TARGET must exist.
+
+ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for
+ short options too.
+
+ --backup[=CONTROL]
+ make a backup of each existing destination file
+
+ -b like --backup but does not accept an argument
+
+ -d, -F, --directory
+ allow the superuser to attempt to hard link
+ directories (note: will probably fail due to sys-
+ tem restrictions, even for the superuser)
+
+ -f, --force
+ remove existing destination files
+
+ -n, --no-dereference
+ treat destination that is a symlink to a direc-
+ tory as if it were a normal file
+
+ -i, --interactive
+ prompt whether to remove destinations
+
+ -s, --symbolic
+ make symbolic links instead of hard links
+
+ -S, --suffix=SUFFIX
+ override the usual backup suffix
+
+ -t, --target-directory=DIRECTORY
+ specify the DIRECTORY in which to create the
+ links
+
+ -T, --no-target-directory
+ treat LINK_NAME as a normal file
+
+ -v, --verbose
+ print name of each file before linking
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ The backup suffix is `~', unless set with --suffix or
+ SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX. The version control method may be
+ selected via the --backup option or through the
+ VERSION_CONTROL environment variable. Here are the val-
+ ues:
+
+ none, off
+ never make backups (even if --backup is given)
+
+ numbered, t
+ make numbered backups
+
+ existing, nil
+ numbered if numbered backups exist, simple other-
+ wise
+
+ simple, never
+ always make simple backups
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Mike Parker and David MacKenzie.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for ln is maintained as a Texinfo
+ manual. If the info and ln programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info ln
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+ln 5.3.0 November 2004 LN(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/logname.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/logname.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1f75c71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/logname.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+LOGNAME(1) User Commands LOGNAME(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ logname - print user's login name
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ logname [OPTION]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Print the name of the current user.
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by FIXME: unknown.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for logname is maintained as a
+ Texinfo manual. If the info and logname programs are
+ properly installed at your site, the command
+
+ info logname
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+logname 5.3.0 November 2004 LOGNAME(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/ls.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/ls.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0240658
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/ls.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+LS(1) User Commands LS(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ ls - list directory contents
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ ls [OPTION]... [FILE]...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ List information about the FILEs (the current directory
+ by default). Sort entries alphabetically if none of
+ -cftuSUX nor --sort.
+
+ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for
+ short options too.
+
+ -a, --all
+ do not ignore entries starting with .
+
+ -A, --almost-all
+ do not list implied . and ..
+
+ --author
+ with -l, print the author of each file
+
+ -b, --escape
+ print octal escapes for nongraphic characters
+
+ --block-size=SIZE
+ use SIZE-byte blocks
+
+ -B, --ignore-backups
+ do not list implied entries ending with ~
+
+ -c with -lt: sort by, and show, ctime (time of last
+ modification of file status information) with -l:
+ show ctime and sort by name otherwise: sort by
+ ctime
+
+ -C list entries by columns
+
+ --color[=WHEN]
+ control whether color is used to distinguish file
+ types. WHEN may be `never', `always', or `auto'
+
+ -d, --directory
+ list directory entries instead of contents, and
+ do not dereference symbolic links
+
+ -D, --dired
+ generate output designed for Emacs' dired mode
+
+ -f do not sort, enable -aU, disable -lst
+
+ -F, --classify
+ append indicator (one of */=@|) to entries
+
+ --format=WORD
+ across -x, commas -m, horizontal -x, long -l,
+ single-column -1, verbose -l, vertical -C
+
+ --full-time
+ like -l --time-style=full-iso
+
+ -g like -l, but do not list owner
+
+ -G, --no-group
+ like -l, but do not list group
+
+ -h, --human-readable
+ with -l, print sizes in human readable format
+ (e.g., 1K 234M 2G)
+
+ --si likewise, but use powers of 1000 not 1024
+
+ -H, --dereference-command-line
+ follow symbolic links listed on the command line
+
+ --dereference-command-line-symlink-to-dir
+ follow each command line symbolic link that
+ points to a directory
+
+ --hide=PATTERN
+ do not list implied entries matching shell PAT-
+ TERN (overridden by -a or -A)
+
+ --indicator-style=WORD append indicator with style WORD
+ to entry names:
+ none (default), classify (-F), file-type (-p)
+
+ -i, --inode
+ with -l, print the index number of each file
+
+ -I, --ignore=PATTERN
+ do not list implied entries matching shell PAT-
+ TERN
+
+ -k like --block-size=1K
+
+ -l use a long listing format
+
+ -L, --dereference
+ when showing file information for a symbolic
+ link, show information for the file the link ref-
+ erences rather than for the link itself
+
+ -m fill width with a comma separated list of entries
+
+ -n, --numeric-uid-gid
+ like -l, but list numeric UIDs and GIDs
+
+ -N, --literal
+ print raw entry names (don't treat e.g. control
+ characters specially)
+
+ -o like -l, but do not list group information
+
+ -p, --file-type
+ append indicator (one of /=@|) to entries
+
+ -q, --hide-control-chars
+ print ? instead of non graphic characters
+
+ --show-control-chars
+ show non graphic characters as-is (default unless
+ program is `ls' and output is a terminal)
+
+ -Q, --quote-name
+ enclose entry names in double quotes
+
+ --quoting-style=WORD
+ use quoting style WORD for entry names: literal,
+ locale, shell, shell-always, c, escape
+
+ -r, --reverse
+ reverse order while sorting
+
+ -R, --recursive
+ list subdirectories recursively
+
+ -s, --size
+ with -l, print size of each file, in blocks
+
+ -S sort by file size
+
+ --sort=WORD
+ extension -X, none -U, size -S, time -t, version
+ -v, status -c, time -t, atime -u, access -u, use
+ -u
+
+ --time=WORD
+ with -l, show time as WORD instead of modifica-
+ tion time: atime, access, use, ctime or status;
+ use specified time as sort key if --sort=time
+
+ --time-style=STYLE
+ with -l, show times using style STYLE: full-iso,
+ long-iso, iso, locale, +FORMAT. FORMAT is inter-
+ preted like `date'; if FORMAT is FORMAT1<new-
+ line>FORMAT2, FORMAT1 applies to non-recent files
+ and FORMAT2 to recent files; if STYLE is prefixed
+ with `posix-', STYLE takes effect only outside
+ the POSIX locale
+
+ -t sort by modification time
+
+ -T, --tabsize=COLS
+ assume tab stops at each COLS instead of 8
+
+ -u with -lt: sort by, and show, access time with -l:
+ show access time and sort by name otherwise: sort
+ by access time
+
+ -U do not sort; list entries in directory order
+
+ -v sort by version
+
+ -w, --width=COLS
+ assume screen width instead of current value
+
+ -x list entries by lines instead of by columns
+
+ -X sort alphabetically by entry extension
+
+ -1 list one file per line
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ SIZE may be (or may be an integer optionally followed
+ by) one of following: kB 1000, K 1024, MB 1000*1000, M
+ 1024*1024, and so on for G, T, P, E, Z, Y.
+
+ By default, color is not used to distinguish types of
+ files. That is equivalent to using --color=none. Using
+ the --color option without the optional WHEN argument is
+ equivalent to using --color=always. With --color=auto,
+ color codes are output only if standard output is con-
+ nected to a terminal (tty).
+
+ Exit status is 0 if OK, 1 if minor problems, 2 if seri-
+ ous trouble.
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Richard Stallman and David MacKenzie.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for ls is maintained as a Texinfo
+ manual. If the info and ls programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info ls
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+ls 5.3.0 December 2004 LS(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/md5sum.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/md5sum.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ecd8d68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/md5sum.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+MD5SUM(1) User Commands MD5SUM(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ md5sum - compute and check MD5 message digest
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ md5sum [OPTION] [FILE]...
+ md5sum [OPTION] --check [FILE]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Print or check MD5 (128-bit) checksums. With no FILE,
+ or when FILE is -, read standard input.
+
+ -b, --binary
+ read files in binary mode (default on DOS/Win-
+ dows)
+
+ -c, --check
+ check MD5 sums against given list
+
+ -t, --text
+ read files in text mode (default)
+
+ The following two options are useful only when verifying
+ checksums:
+ --status
+ don't output anything, status code shows success
+
+ -w, --warn
+ warn about improperly formated checksum lines
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ The sums are computed as described in RFC 1321. When
+ checking, the input should be a former output of this
+ program. The default mode is to print a line with
+ checksum, a character indicating type (`*' for binary, `
+ ' for text), and name for each FILE.
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Ulrich Drepper and Scott Miller.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for md5sum is maintained as a
+ Texinfo manual. If the info and md5sum programs are
+ properly installed at your site, the command
+
+ info md5sum
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+md5sum 5.3.0 November 2004 MD5SUM(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/mkdir.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/mkdir.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb87537
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/mkdir.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+MKDIR(1) User Commands MKDIR(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ mkdir - make directories
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ mkdir [OPTION] DIRECTORY...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Create the DIRECTORY(ies), if they do not already exist.
+
+ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for
+ short options too.
+
+ -m, --mode=MODE
+ set permission mode (as in chmod), not rwxrwxrwx
+ - umask
+
+ -p, --parents
+ no error if existing, make parent directories as
+ needed
+
+ -v, --verbose
+ print a message for each created directory
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by David MacKenzie.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for mkdir is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and mkdir programs are prop-
+ erly installed at your site, the command
+
+ info mkdir
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+mkdir 5.3.0 November 2004 MKDIR(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/mkfifo.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/mkfifo.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec00be3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/mkfifo.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+MKFIFO(1) User Commands MKFIFO(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ mkfifo - make FIFOs (named pipes)
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ mkfifo [OPTION] NAME...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Create named pipes (FIFOs) with the given NAMEs.
+
+ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for
+ short options too.
+
+ -m, --mode=MODE
+ set permission mode (as in chmod), not a=rw -
+ umask
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by David MacKenzie.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for mkfifo is maintained as a
+ Texinfo manual. If the info and mkfifo programs are
+ properly installed at your site, the command
+
+ info mkfifo
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+mkfifo 5.3.0 November 2004 MKFIFO(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/mknod.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/mknod.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f494bbf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/mknod.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+MKNOD(1) User Commands MKNOD(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ mknod - make block or character special files
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ mknod [OPTION]... NAME TYPE [MAJOR MINOR]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Create the special file NAME of the given TYPE.
+
+ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for
+ short options too.
+
+ -m, --mode=MODE
+ set permission mode (as in chmod), not a=rw -
+ umask
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ Both MAJOR and MINOR must be specified when TYPE is b,
+ c, or u, and they must be omitted when TYPE is p. If
+ MAJOR or MINOR begins with 0x or 0X, it is interpreted
+ as hexadecimal; otherwise, if it begins with 0, as
+ octal; otherwise, as decimal. TYPE may be:
+
+ b create a block (buffered) special file
+
+ c, u create a character (unbuffered) special file
+
+ p create a FIFO
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by David MacKenzie.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for mknod is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and mknod programs are prop-
+ erly installed at your site, the command
+
+ info mknod
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+mknod 5.3.0 November 2004 MKNOD(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/mv.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/mv.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..05c0293
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/mv.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+MV(1) User Commands MV(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ mv - move (rename) files
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ mv [OPTION]... [-T] SOURCE DEST
+ mv [OPTION]... SOURCE... DIRECTORY
+ mv [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SOURCE...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Rename SOURCE to DEST, or move SOURCE(s) to DIRECTORY.
+
+ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for
+ short options too.
+
+ --backup[=CONTROL]
+ make a backup of each existing destination file
+
+ -b like --backup but does not accept an argument
+
+ -f, --force
+ do not prompt before overwriting (equivalent to
+ --reply=yes)
+
+ -i, --interactive
+ prompt before overwrite (equivalent to
+ --reply=query)
+
+ --reply={yes,no,query}
+ specify how to handle the prompt about an exist-
+ ing destination file
+
+ --strip-trailing-slashes remove any trailing slashes
+ from each SOURCE
+ argument
+
+ -S, --suffix=SUFFIX
+ override the usual backup suffix
+
+ -t, --target-directory=DIRECTORY
+ move all SOURCE arguments into DIRECTORY
+
+ -T, --no-target-directory
+ treat DEST as a normal file
+
+ -u, --update
+ move only when the SOURCE file is newer than the
+ destination file or when the destination file is
+ missing
+
+ -v, --verbose
+ explain what is being done
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ The backup suffix is `~', unless set with --suffix or
+ SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX. The version control method may be
+ selected via the --backup option or through the VER-
+ SION_CONTROL environment variable. Here are the values:
+
+ none, off
+ never make backups (even if --backup is given)
+
+ numbered, t
+ make numbered backups
+
+ existing, nil
+ numbered if numbered backups exist, simple other-
+ wise
+
+ simple, never
+ always make simple backups
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Mike Parker, David MacKenzie, and Jim Meyer-
+ ing.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for mv is maintained as a Texinfo
+ manual. If the info and mv programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info mv
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+mv 5.3.0 November 2004 MV(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/nice.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/nice.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d41ac21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/nice.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+NICE(1) User Commands NICE(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ nice - run a program with modified scheduling priority
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ nice [OPTION] [COMMAND [ARG]...]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Run COMMAND with an adjusted nice value, which affects
+ the scheduling priority. With no COMMAND, print the
+ current nice value. Nice values range from -20 (most
+ favorable scheduling) to 19 (least favorable).
+
+ -n, --adjustment=N
+ add integer N to the nice value (default 10)
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by David MacKenzie.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for nice is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and nice programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info nice
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+nice 5.3.0 November 2004 NICE(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/nl.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/nl.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2baa72b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/nl.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+NL(1) User Commands NL(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ nl - number lines of files
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ nl [OPTION]... [FILE]...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Write each FILE to standard output, with line numbers
+ added. With no FILE, or when FILE is -, read standard
+ input.
+
+ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for
+ short options too.
+
+ -b, --body-numbering=STYLE
+ use STYLE for numbering body lines
+
+ -d, --section-delimiter=CC
+ use CC for separating logical pages
+
+ -f, --footer-numbering=STYLE
+ use STYLE for numbering footer lines
+
+ -h, --header-numbering=STYLE
+ use STYLE for numbering header lines
+
+ -i, --page-increment=NUMBER
+ line number increment at each line
+
+ -l, --join-blank-lines=NUMBER
+ group of NUMBER empty lines counted as one
+
+ -n, --number-format=FORMAT
+ insert line numbers according to FORMAT
+
+ -p, --no-renumber
+ do not reset line numbers at logical pages
+
+ -s, --number-separator=STRING
+ add STRING after (possible) line number
+
+ -v, --first-page=NUMBER
+ first line number on each logical page
+
+ -w, --number-width=NUMBER
+ use NUMBER columns for line numbers
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ By default, selects -v1 -i1 -l1 -sTAB -w6 -nrn -hn -bt
+ -fn. CC are two delimiter characters for separating
+ logical pages, a missing second character implies :.
+ Type \\ for \. STYLE is one of:
+
+ a number all lines
+
+ t number only nonempty lines
+
+ n number no lines
+
+ pBRE number only lines that contain a match for the
+ basic regular
+
+ expression, BRE
+
+ FORMAT is one of:
+
+ ln left justified, no leading zeros
+
+ rn right justified, no leading zeros
+
+ rz right justified, leading zeros
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Scott Bartram and David MacKenzie.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for nl is maintained as a Texinfo
+ manual. If the info and nl programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info nl
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+nl 5.3.0 November 2004 NL(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/nohup.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/nohup.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a28728
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/nohup.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+NOHUP(1) User Commands NOHUP(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ nohup - run a command immune to hangups, with output to
+ a non-tty
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ nohup COMMAND [ARG]...
+ nohup OPTION
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Run COMMAND, ignoring hangup signals.
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Jim Meyering.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for nohup is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and nohup programs are prop-
+ erly installed at your site, the command
+
+ info nohup
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+nohup 5.3.0 November 2004 NOHUP(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/od.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/od.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e73270
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/od.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+OD(1) User Commands OD(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ od - dump files in octal and other formats
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ od [OPTION]... [FILE]...
+ od [-abcdfilosx]... [FILE] [[+]OFFSET[.][b]]
+ od --traditional [OPTION]... [FILE] [[+]OFFSET[.][b]
+ [+][LABEL][.][b]]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Write an unambiguous representation, octal bytes by
+ default, of FILE to standard output. With more than one
+ FILE argument, concatenate them in the listed order to
+ form the input. With no FILE, or when FILE is -, read
+ standard input.
+
+ All arguments to long options are mandatory for short
+ options.
+
+ -A, --address-radix=RADIX
+ decide how file offsets are printed
+
+ -j, --skip-bytes=BYTES
+ skip BYTES input bytes first
+
+ -N, --read-bytes=BYTES
+ limit dump to BYTES input bytes
+
+ -S, --strings[=BYTES]
+ output strings of at least BYTES graphic chars
+
+ -t, --format=TYPE
+ select output format or formats
+
+ -v, --output-duplicates
+ do not use * to mark line suppression
+
+ -w, --width[=BYTES]
+ output BYTES bytes per output line
+
+ --traditional
+ accept arguments in traditional form
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ Traditional format specifications may be intermixed; they
+ accumulate:
+ -a same as -t a, select named characters
+
+ -b same as -t o1, select octal bytes
+
+ -c same as -t c, select ASCII characters or back-
+ slash escapes
+
+ -d same as -t u2, select unsigned decimal 2-byte
+ units
+
+ -f same as -t fF, select floats
+
+ -i same as -t dI, select decimal ints
+
+ -l same as -t dL, select decimal longs
+
+ -o same as -t o2, select octal 2-byte units
+
+ -s same as -t d2, select decimal 2-byte units
+
+ -x same as -t x2, select hexadecimal 2-byte units
+
+ If first and second call formats both apply, the second
+ format is assumed if the last operand begins with + or
+ (if there are 2 operands) a digit. An OFFSET operand
+ means -j OFFSET. LABEL is the pseudo-address at first
+ byte printed, incremented when dump is progressing. For
+ OFFSET and LABEL, a 0x or 0X prefix indicates hexadeci-
+ mal; suffixes may be . for octal and b for multiply by
+ 512.
+
+ TYPE is made up of one or more of these specifications:
+
+ a named character
+
+ c ASCII character or backslash escape
+
+ d[SIZE]
+ signed decimal, SIZE bytes per integer
+
+ f[SIZE]
+ floating point, SIZE bytes per integer
+
+ o[SIZE]
+ octal, SIZE bytes per integer
+
+ u[SIZE]
+ unsigned decimal, SIZE bytes per integer
+
+ x[SIZE]
+ hexadecimal, SIZE bytes per integer
+
+ SIZE is a number. For TYPE in doux, SIZE may also be C
+ for sizeof(char), S for sizeof(short), I for sizeof(int)
+ or L for sizeof(long). If TYPE is f, SIZE may also be F
+ for sizeof(float), D for sizeof(double) or L for
+ sizeof(long double).
+
+ RADIX is d for decimal, o for octal, x for hexadecimal
+ or n for none. BYTES is hexadecimal with 0x or 0X pre-
+ fix, it is multiplied by 512 with b suffix, by 1024 with
+ k and by 1048576 with m. Adding a z suffix to any type
+ adds a display of printable characters to the end of
+ each line of output. --string without a number implies
+ 3. --width without a number implies 32. By default, od
+ uses -A o -t d2 -w 16.
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Jim Meyering.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for od is maintained as a Texinfo
+ manual. If the info and od programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info od
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+od 5.3.0 November 2004 OD(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/paste.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/paste.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..deb8194
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/paste.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+PASTE(1) User Commands PASTE(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ paste - merge lines of files
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ paste [OPTION]... [FILE]...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Write lines consisting of the sequentially corresponding
+ lines from each FILE, separated by TABs, to standard
+ output. With no FILE, or when FILE is -, read standard
+ input.
+
+ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for
+ short options too.
+
+ -d, --delimiters=LIST
+ reuse characters from LIST instead of TABs
+
+ -s, --serial
+ paste one file at a time instead of in parallel
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by David M. Ihnat and David MacKenzie.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for paste is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and paste programs are prop-
+ erly installed at your site, the command
+
+ info paste
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+paste 5.3.0 November 2004 PASTE(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/pathchk.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/pathchk.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b023561
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/pathchk.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+PATHCHK(1) User Commands PATHCHK(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ pathchk - check whether file names are valid or portable
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ pathchk [OPTION]... NAME...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Diagnose unportable constructs in NAME.
+
+ -p, --portability
+ check for all POSIX systems, not only this one
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Paul Eggert, David MacKenzie, and Jim Meyer-
+ ing.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for pathchk is maintained as a
+ Texinfo manual. If the info and pathchk programs are
+ properly installed at your site, the command
+
+ info pathchk
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+pathchk 5.3.0 November 2004 PATHCHK(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/pgawk.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/pgawk.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a431e7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/pgawk.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,1972 @@
+GAWK(1) Utility Commands GAWK(1)
+
+
+
+NAME
+ gawk - pattern scanning and processing language
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ gawk [ POSIX or GNU style options ] -f program-file [ --
+ ] file ...
+ gawk [ POSIX or GNU style options ] [ -- ] program-text
+ file ...
+
+ pgawk [ POSIX or GNU style options ] -f program-file [
+ -- ] file ...
+ pgawk [ POSIX or GNU style options ] [ -- ] program-text
+ file ...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Gawk is the GNU Project's implementation of the AWK pro-
+ gramming language. It conforms to the definition of the
+ language in the POSIX 1003.1 Standard. This version in
+ turn is based on the description in The AWK Programming
+ Language, by Aho, Kernighan, and Weinberger, with the
+ additional features found in the System V Release 4 ver-
+ sion of UNIX awk. Gawk also provides more recent Bell
+ Laboratories awk extensions, and a number of GNU-spe-
+ cific extensions.
+
+ Pgawk is the profiling version of gawk. It is identical
+ in every way to gawk, except that programs run more
+ slowly, and it automatically produces an execution pro-
+ file in the file awkprof.out when done. See the --pro-
+ file option, below.
+
+ The command line consists of options to gawk itself, the
+ AWK program text (if not supplied via the -f or --file
+ options), and values to be made available in the ARGC
+ and ARGV pre-defined AWK variables.
+
+OPTION FORMAT
+ Gawk options may be either traditional POSIX one letter
+ options, or GNU-style long options. POSIX options start
+ with a single "-", while long options start with "--".
+ Long options are provided for both GNU-specific features
+ and for POSIX-mandated features.
+
+ Following the POSIX standard, gawk-specific options are
+ supplied via arguments to the -W option. Multiple -W
+ options may be supplied Each -W option has a correspond-
+ ing long option, as detailed below. Arguments to long
+ options are either joined with the option by an = sign,
+ with no intervening spaces, or they may be provided in
+ the next command line argument. Long options may be
+ abbreviated, as long as the abbreviation remains unique.
+
+OPTIONS
+ Gawk accepts the following options, listed by frequency.
+
+ -F fs
+ --field-separator fs
+ Use fs for the input field separator (the value
+ of the FS predefined variable).
+
+ -v var=val
+ --assign var=val
+ Assign the value val to the variable var, before
+ execution of the program begins. Such variable
+ values are available to the BEGIN block of an AWK
+ program.
+
+ -f program-file
+ --file program-file
+ Read the AWK program source from the file pro-
+ gram-file, instead of from the first command line
+ argument. Multiple -f (or --file) options may be
+ used.
+
+ -mf NNN
+ -mr NNN
+ Set various memory limits to the value NNN. The
+ f flag sets the maximum number of fields, and the
+ r flag sets the maximum record size. These two
+ flags and the -m option are from an earlier ver-
+ sion of the Bell Laboratories research version of
+ UNIX awk. They are ignored by gawk, since gawk
+ has no pre-defined limits.
+
+ -W compat
+ -W traditional
+ --compat
+ --traditional
+ Run in compatibility mode. In compatibility
+ mode, gawk behaves identically to UNIX awk; none
+ of the GNU-specific extensions are recognized.
+ The use of --traditional is preferred over the
+ other forms of this option. See GNU EXTENSIONS,
+ below, for more information.
+
+ -W copyleft
+ -W copyright
+ --copyleft
+ --copyright
+ Print the short version of the GNU copyright
+ information message on the standard output and
+ exit successfully.
+
+ -W dump-variables[=file]
+ --dump-variables[=file]
+ Print a sorted list of global variables, their
+ types and final values to file. If no file is
+ provided, gawk uses a file named awkvars.out in
+ the current directory.
+ Having a list of all the global variables is a
+ good way to look for typographical errors in your
+ programs. You would also use this option if you
+ have a large program with a lot of functions, and
+ you want to be sure that your functions don't
+ inadvertently use global variables that you meant
+ to be local. (This is a particularly easy mis-
+ take to make with simple variable names like i,
+ j, and so on.)
+
+ -W exec file
+ --exec file
+ Similar to -f, however, this is option is the
+ last one processed. This should be used with #!
+ scripts, particularly for CGI applications, to
+ avoid passing in options or source code (!) on
+ the command line from a URL. This option dis-
+ ables command-line variable assignments.
+
+ -W gen-po
+ --gen-po
+ Scan and parse the AWK program, and generate a
+ GNU .po format file on standard output with
+ entries for all localizable strings in the pro-
+ gram. The program itself is not executed. See
+ the GNU gettext distribution for more information
+ on .po files.
+
+ -W help
+ -W usage
+ --help
+ --usage
+ Print a relatively short summary of the available
+ options on the standard output. (Per the GNU
+ Coding Standards, these options cause an immedi-
+ ate, successful exit.)
+
+ -W lint[=value]
+ --lint[=value]
+ Provide warnings about constructs that are dubi-
+ ous or non-portable to other AWK implementations.
+ With an optional argument of fatal, lint warnings
+ become fatal errors. This may be drastic, but
+ its use will certainly encourage the development
+ of cleaner AWK programs. With an optional argu-
+ ment of invalid, only warnings about things that
+ are actually invalid are issued. (This is not
+ fully implemented yet.)
+
+ -W lint-old
+ --lint-old
+ Provide warnings about constructs that are not
+ portable to the original version of Unix awk.
+
+ -W non-decimal-data
+ --non-decimal-data
+ Recognize octal and hexadecimal values in input
+ data. Use this option with great caution!
+
+ -W posix
+ --posix
+ This turns on compatibility mode, with the fol-
+ lowing additional restrictions:
+
+ · \x escape sequences are not recognized.
+
+ · Only space and tab act as field separators when
+ FS is set to a single space, newline does not.
+
+ · You cannot continue lines after ? and :.
+
+ · The synonym func for the keyword function is
+ not recognized.
+
+ · The operators ** and **= cannot be used in
+ place of ^ and ^=.
+
+ · The fflush() function is not available.
+
+ -W profile[=prof_file]
+ --profile[=prof_file]
+ Send profiling data to prof_file. The default is
+ awkprof.out. When run with gawk, the profile is
+ just a "pretty printed" version of the program.
+ When run with pgawk, the profile contains execu-
+ tion counts of each statement in the program in
+ the left margin and function call counts for each
+ user-defined function.
+
+ -W re-interval
+ --re-interval
+ Enable the use of interval expressions in regular
+ expression matching (see Regular Expressions,
+ below). Interval expressions were not tradition-
+ ally available in the AWK language. The POSIX
+ standard added them, to make awk and egrep con-
+ sistent with each other. However, their use is
+ likely to break old AWK programs, so gawk only
+ provides them if they are requested with this
+ option, or when --posix is specified.
+
+ -W source program-text
+ --source program-text
+ Use program-text as AWK program source code.
+ This option allows the easy intermixing of
+ library functions (used via the -f and --file
+ options) with source code entered on the command
+ line. It is intended primarily for medium to
+ large AWK programs used in shell scripts.
+
+ -W use-lc-numeric
+ --use-lc-numeric
+ This forces gawk to use the locale's decimal
+ point character when parsing input data.
+ Although the POSIX standard requires this behav-
+ ior, and gawk does so when --posix is in effect,
+ the default is to follow traditional behavior and
+ use a period as the decimal point, even in
+ locales where the period is not the decimal point
+ character. This option overrides the default
+ behavior, without the full draconian strictness
+ of the --posix option.
+
+ -W version
+ --version
+ Print version information for this particular
+ copy of gawk on the standard output. This is
+ useful mainly for knowing if the current copy of
+ gawk on your system is up to date with respect to
+ whatever the Free Software Foundation is dis-
+ tributing. This is also useful when reporting
+ bugs. (Per the GNU Coding Standards, these
+ options cause an immediate, successful exit.)
+
+ -- Signal the end of options. This is useful to
+ allow further arguments to the AWK program itself
+ to start with a "-". This provides consistency
+ with the argument parsing convention used by most
+ other POSIX programs.
+ In compatibility mode, any other options are flagged as
+ invalid, but are otherwise ignored. In normal opera-
+ tion, as long as program text has been supplied, unknown
+ options are passed on to the AWK program in the ARGV
+ array for processing. This is particularly useful for
+ running AWK programs via the "#!" executable interpreter
+ mechanism.
+AWK PROGRAM EXECUTION
+ An AWK program consists of a sequence of pattern-action
+ statements and optional function definitions.
+ pattern { action statements }
+ function name(parameter list) { statements }
+ Gawk first reads the program source from the program-
+ file(s) if specified, from arguments to --source, or
+ from the first non-option argument on the command line.
+ The -f and --source options may be used multiple times
+ on the command line. Gawk reads the program text as if
+ all the program-files and command line source texts had
+ been concatenated together. This is useful for building
+ libraries of AWK functions, without having to include
+ them in each new AWK program that uses them. It also
+ provides the ability to mix library functions with com-
+ mand line programs.
+ The environment variable AWKPATH specifies a search path
+ to use when finding source files named with the -f
+ option. If this variable does not exist, the default
+ path is ".:/usr/local/share/awk". (The actual directory
+ may vary, depending upon how gawk was built and
+ installed.) If a file name given to the -f option con-
+ tains a "/" character, no path search is performed.
+ Gawk executes AWK programs in the following order.
+ First, all variable assignments specified via the -v
+ option are performed. Next, gawk compiles the program
+ into an internal form. Then, gawk executes the code in
+ the BEGIN block(s) (if any), and then proceeds to read
+ each file named in the ARGV array. If there are no
+ files named on the command line, gawk reads the standard
+ input.
+ If a filename on the command line has the form var=val
+ it is treated as a variable assignment. The variable
+ var will be assigned the value val. (This happens after
+ any BEGIN block(s) have been run.) Command line vari-
+ able assignment is most useful for dynamically assigning
+ values to the variables AWK uses to control how input is
+ broken into fields and records. It is also useful for
+ controlling state if multiple passes are needed over a
+ single data file.
+ If the value of a particular element of ARGV is empty
+ (""), gawk skips over it.
+ For each record in the input, gawk tests to see if it
+ matches any pattern in the AWK program. For each pat-
+ tern that the record matches, the associated action is
+ executed. The patterns are tested in the order they
+ occur in the program.
+ Finally, after all the input is exhausted, gawk executes
+ the code in the END block(s) (if any).
+VARIABLES, RECORDS AND FIELDS
+ AWK variables are dynamic; they come into existence when
+ they are first used. Their values are either floating-
+ point numbers or strings, or both, depending upon how
+ they are used. AWK also has one dimensional arrays;
+ arrays with multiple dimensions may be simulated. Sev-
+ eral pre-defined variables are set as a program runs;
+ these are described as needed and summarized below.
+ Records
+ Normally, records are separated by newline characters.
+ You can control how records are separated by assigning
+ values to the built-in variable RS. If RS is any single
+ character, that character separates records. Otherwise,
+ RS is a regular expression. Text in the input that
+ matches this regular expression separates the record.
+ However, in compatibility mode, only the first character
+ of its string value is used for separating records. If
+ RS is set to the null string, then records are separated
+ by blank lines. When RS is set to the null string, the
+ newline character always acts as a field separator, in
+ addition to whatever value FS may have.
+ Fields
+ As each input record is read, gawk splits the record
+ into fields, using the value of the FS variable as the
+ field separator. If FS is a single character, fields
+ are separated by that character. If FS is the null
+ string, then each individual character becomes a sepa-
+ rate field. Otherwise, FS is expected to be a full reg-
+ ular expression. In the special case that FS is a sin-
+ gle space, fields are separated by runs of spaces and/or
+ tabs and/or newlines. (But see the section POSIX COM-
+ PATIBILITY, below). NOTE: The value of IGNORECASE (see
+ below) also affects how fields are split when FS is a
+ regular expression, and how records are separated when
+ RS is a regular expression.
+ If the FIELDWIDTHS variable is set to a space separated
+ list of numbers, each field is expected to have fixed
+ width, and gawk splits up the record using the specified
+ widths. The value of FS is ignored. Assigning a new
+ value to FS overrides the use of FIELDWIDTHS, and
+ restores the default behavior.
+ Each field in the input record may be referenced by its
+ position, $1, $2, and so on. $0 is the whole record.
+ Fields need not be referenced by constants:
+ n = 5
+ print $n
+ prints the fifth field in the input record.
+ The variable NF is set to the total number of fields in
+ the input record.
+ References to non-existent fields (i.e. fields after
+ $NF) produce the null-string. However, assigning to a
+ non-existent field (e.g., $(NF+2) = 5) increases the
+ value of NF, creates any intervening fields with the
+ null string as their value, and causes the value of $0
+ to be recomputed, with the fields being separated by the
+ value of OFS. References to negative numbered fields
+ cause a fatal error. Decrementing NF causes the values
+ of fields past the new value to be lost, and the value
+ of $0 to be recomputed, with the fields being separated
+ by the value of OFS.
+ Assigning a value to an existing field causes the whole
+ record to be rebuilt when $0 is referenced. Similarly,
+ assigning a value to $0 causes the record to be resplit,
+ creating new values for the fields.
+ Built-in Variables
+ Gawk's built-in variables are:
+ ARGC The number of command line arguments (does
+ not include options to gawk, or the program
+ source).
+ ARGIND The index in ARGV of the current file being
+ processed.
+ ARGV Array of command line arguments. The array
+ is indexed from 0 to ARGC - 1. Dynamically
+ changing the contents of ARGV can control
+ the files used for data.
+ BINMODE On non-POSIX systems, specifies use of
+ "binary" mode for all file I/O. Numeric
+ values of 1, 2, or 3, specify that input
+ files, output files, or all files, respec-
+ tively, should use binary I/O. String val-
+ ues of "r", or "w" specify that input files,
+ or output files, respectively, should use
+ binary I/O. String values of "rw" or "wr"
+ specify that all files should use binary
+ I/O. Any other string value is treated as
+ "rw", but generates a warning message.
+ CONVFMT The conversion format for numbers, "%.6g",
+ by default.
+ ENVIRON An array containing the values of the cur-
+ rent environment. The array is indexed by
+ the environment variables, each element
+ being the value of that variable (e.g., ENV-
+ IRON["HOME"] might be /home/arnold). Chang-
+ ing this array does not affect the environ-
+ ment seen by programs which gawk spawns via
+ redirection or the system() function.
+ ERRNO If a system error occurs either doing a
+ redirection for getline, during a read for
+ getline, or during a close(), then ERRNO
+ will contain a string describing the error.
+ The value is subject to translation in non-
+ English locales.
+ FIELDWIDTHS A white-space separated list of fieldwidths.
+ When set, gawk parses the input into fields
+ of fixed width, instead of using the value
+ of the FS variable as the field separator.
+ FILENAME The name of the current input file. If no
+ files are specified on the command line, the
+ value of FILENAME is "-". However, FILENAME
+ is undefined inside the BEGIN block (unless
+ set by getline).
+ FNR The input record number in the current input
+ file.
+ FS The input field separator, a space by
+ default. See Fields, above.
+ IGNORECASE Controls the case-sensitivity of all regular
+ expression and string operations. If
+ IGNORECASE has a non-zero value, then string
+ comparisons and pattern matching in rules,
+ field splitting with FS, record separating
+ with RS, regular expression matching with ~
+ and !~, and the gensub(), gsub(), index(),
+ match(), split(), and sub() built-in func-
+ tions all ignore case when doing regular
+ expression operations. NOTE: Array sub-
+ scripting is not affected. However, the
+ asort() and asorti() functions are affected.
+ Thus, if IGNORECASE is not equal to zero,
+ /aB/ matches all of the strings "ab", "aB",
+ "Ab", and "AB". As with all AWK variables,
+ the initial value of IGNORECASE is zero, so
+ all regular expression and string operations
+ are normally case-sensitive. Under Unix,
+ the full ISO 8859-1 Latin-1 character set is
+ used when ignoring case. As of gawk 3.1.4,
+ the case equivalencies are fully locale-
+ aware, based on the C <ctype.h> facilities
+ such as isalpha(), and toupper().
+ LINT Provides dynamic control of the --lint
+ option from within an AWK program. When
+ true, gawk prints lint warnings. When false,
+ it does not. When assigned the string value
+ "fatal", lint warnings become fatal errors,
+ exactly like --lint=fatal. Any other true
+ value just prints warnings.
+ NF The number of fields in the current input
+ record.
+ NR The total number of input records seen so
+ far.
+ OFMT The output format for numbers, "%.6g", by
+ default.
+ OFS The output field separator, a space by
+ default.
+ ORS The output record separator, by default a
+ newline.
+ PROCINFO The elements of this array provide access to
+ information about the running AWK program.
+ On some systems, there may be elements in
+ the array, "group1" through "groupn" for
+ some n, which is the number of supplementary
+ groups that the process has. Use the in
+ operator to test for these elements. The
+ following elements are guaranteed to be
+ available:
+ PROCINFO["egid"] the value of the gete-
+ gid(2) system call.
+ PROCINFO["euid"] the value of the
+ geteuid(2) system call.
+ PROCINFO["FS"] "FS" if field splitting
+ with FS is in effect, or
+ "FIELDWIDTHS" if field
+ splitting with FIELD-
+ WIDTHS is in effect.
+ PROCINFO["gid"] the value of the get-
+ gid(2) system call.
+ PROCINFO["pgrpid"] the process group ID of
+ the current process.
+ PROCINFO["pid"] the process ID of the
+ current process.
+ PROCINFO["ppid"] the parent process ID of
+ the current process.
+ PROCINFO["uid"] the value of the
+ getuid(2) system call.
+ PROCINFO["version"]
+ The version of gawk.
+ This is available from
+ version 3.1.4 and later.
+ RS The input record separator, by default a
+ newline.
+ RT The record terminator. Gawk sets RT to the
+ input text that matched the character or
+ regular expression specified by RS.
+ RSTART The index of the first character matched by
+ match(); 0 if no match. (This implies that
+ character indices start at one.)
+ RLENGTH The length of the string matched by match();
+ -1 if no match.
+ SUBSEP The character used to separate multiple sub-
+ scripts in array elements, by default
+ "\034".
+ TEXTDOMAIN The text domain of the AWK program; used to
+ find the localized translations for the pro-
+ gram's strings.
+ Arrays
+ Arrays are subscripted with an expression between square
+ brackets ([ and ]). If the expression is an expression
+ list (expr, expr ...) then the array subscript is a
+ string consisting of the concatenation of the (string)
+ value of each expression, separated by the value of the
+ SUBSEP variable. This facility is used to simulate mul-
+ tiply dimensioned arrays. For example:
+ i = "A"; j = "B"; k = "C"
+ x[i, j, k] = "hello, world\n"
+ assigns the string "hello, world\n" to the element of
+ the array x which is indexed by the string
+ "A\034B\034C". All arrays in AWK are associative, i.e.
+ indexed by string values.
+ The special operator in may be used to test if an array
+ has an index consisting of a particular value.
+ if (val in array)
+ print array[val]
+ If the array has multiple subscripts, use (i, j) in
+ array.
+ The in construct may also be used in a for loop to iter-
+ ate over all the elements of an array.
+ An element may be deleted from an array using the delete
+ statement. The delete statement may also be used to
+ delete the entire contents of an array, just by specify-
+ ing the array name without a subscript.
+ Variable Typing And Conversion
+ Variables and fields may be (floating point) numbers, or
+ strings, or both. How the value of a variable is inter-
+ preted depends upon its context. If used in a numeric
+ expression, it will be treated as a number; if used as a
+ string it will be treated as a string.
+ To force a variable to be treated as a number, add 0 to
+ it; to force it to be treated as a string, concatenate
+ it with the null string.
+ When a string must be converted to a number, the conver-
+ sion is accomplished using strtod(3). A number is con-
+ verted to a string by using the value of CONVFMT as a
+ format string for sprintf(3), with the numeric value of
+ the variable as the argument. However, even though all
+ numbers in AWK are floating-point, integral values are
+ always converted as integers. Thus, given
+ CONVFMT = "%2.2f"
+ a = 12
+ b = a ""
+ the variable b has a string value of "12" and not
+ "12.00".
+ When operating in POSIX mode (such as with the --posix
+ command line option), beware that locale settings may
+ interfere with the way decimal numbers are treated: the
+ decimal separator of the numbers you are feeding to gawk
+ must conform to what your locale would expect, be it a
+ comma (,) or a period (.).
+ Gawk performs comparisons as follows: If two variables
+ are numeric, they are compared numerically. If one
+ value is numeric and the other has a string value that
+ is a "numeric string," then comparisons are also done
+ numerically. Otherwise, the numeric value is converted
+ to a string and a string comparison is performed. Two
+ strings are compared, of course, as strings.
+ Note that string constants, such as "57", are not
+ numeric strings, they are string constants. The idea of
+ "numeric string" only applies to fields, getline input,
+ FILENAME, ARGV elements, ENVIRON elements and the ele-
+ ments of an array created by split() that are numeric
+ strings. The basic idea is that user input, and only
+ user input, that looks numeric, should be treated that
+ way.
+ Uninitialized variables have the numeric value 0 and the
+ string value "" (the null, or empty, string).
+ Octal and Hexadecimal Constants
+ Starting with version 3.1 of gawk , you may use C-style
+ octal and hexadecimal constants in your AWK program
+ source code. For example, the octal value 011 is equal
+ to decimal 9, and the hexadecimal value 0x11 is equal to
+ decimal 17.
+ String Constants
+ String constants in AWK are sequences of characters
+ enclosed between double quotes ("). Within strings,
+ certain escape sequences are recognized, as in C. These
+ are:
+ \\ A literal backslash.
+ \a The "alert" character; usually the ASCII BEL char-
+ acter.
+ \b backspace.
+ \f form-feed.
+ \n newline.
+ \r carriage return.
+ \t horizontal tab.
+ \v vertical tab.
+ \xhex digits
+ The character represented by the string of hexadec-
+ imal digits following the \x. As in ANSI C, all
+ following hexadecimal digits are considered part of
+ the escape sequence. (This feature should tell us
+ something about language design by committee.)
+ E.g., "\x1B" is the ASCII ESC (escape) character.
+ \ddd The character represented by the 1-, 2-, or 3-digit
+ sequence of octal digits. E.g., "\033" is the
+ ASCII ESC (escape) character.
+ \c The literal character c.
+ The escape sequences may also be used inside constant
+ regular expressions (e.g., /[ \t\f\n\r\v]/ matches
+ whitespace characters).
+ In compatibility mode, the characters represented by
+ octal and hexadecimal escape sequences are treated lit-
+ erally when used in regular expression constants. Thus,
+ /a\52b/ is equivalent to /a\*b/.
+PATTERNS AND ACTIONS
+ AWK is a line-oriented language. The pattern comes
+ first, and then the action. Action statements are
+ enclosed in { and }. Either the pattern may be missing,
+ or the action may be missing, but, of course, not both.
+ If the pattern is missing, the action is executed for
+ every single record of input. A missing action is
+ equivalent to
+ { print }
+ which prints the entire record.
+ Comments begin with the "#" character, and continue
+ until the end of the line. Blank lines may be used to
+ separate statements. Normally, a statement ends with a
+ newline, however, this is not the case for lines ending
+ in a ",", {, ?, :, &&, or ||. Lines ending in do or
+ else also have their statements automatically continued
+ on the following line. In other cases, a line can be
+ continued by ending it with a "\", in which case the
+ newline will be ignored.
+ Multiple statements may be put on one line by separating
+ them with a ";". This applies to both the statements
+ within the action part of a pattern-action pair (the
+ usual case), and to the pattern-action statements them-
+ selves.
+ Patterns
+ AWK patterns may be one of the following:
+ BEGIN
+ END
+ /regular expression/
+ relational expression
+ pattern && pattern
+ pattern || pattern
+ pattern ? pattern : pattern
+ (pattern)
+ ! pattern
+ pattern1, pattern2
+ BEGIN and END are two special kinds of patterns which
+ are not tested against the input. The action parts of
+ all BEGIN patterns are merged as if all the statements
+ had been written in a single BEGIN block. They are exe-
+ cuted before any of the input is read. Similarly, all
+ the END blocks are merged, and executed when all the
+ input is exhausted (or when an exit statement is exe-
+ cuted). BEGIN and END patterns cannot be combined with
+ other patterns in pattern expressions. BEGIN and END
+ patterns cannot have missing action parts.
+ For /regular expression/ patterns, the associated state-
+ ment is executed for each input record that matches the
+ regular expression. Regular expressions are the same as
+ those in egrep(1), and are summarized below.
+ A relational expression may use any of the operators
+ defined below in the section on actions. These gener-
+ ally test whether certain fields match certain regular
+ expressions.
+ The &&, ||, and ! operators are logical AND, logical
+ OR, and logical NOT, respectively, as in C. They do
+ short-circuit evaluation, also as in C, and are used for
+ combining more primitive pattern expressions. As in
+ most languages, parentheses may be used to change the
+ order of evaluation.
+ The ?: operator is like the same operator in C. If the
+ first pattern is true then the pattern used for testing
+ is the second pattern, otherwise it is the third. Only
+ one of the second and third patterns is evaluated.
+ The pattern1, pattern2 form of an expression is called a
+ range pattern. It matches all input records starting
+ with a record that matches pattern1, and continuing
+ until a record that matches pattern2, inclusive. It
+ does not combine with any other sort of pattern expres-
+ sion.
+ Regular Expressions
+ Regular expressions are the extended kind found in
+ egrep. They are composed of characters as follows:
+ c matches the non-metacharacter c.
+ \c matches the literal character c.
+ . matches any character including newline.
+ ^ matches the beginning of a string.
+ $ matches the end of a string.
+ [abc...] character list, matches any of the characters
+ abc....
+ [^abc...] negated character list, matches any character
+ except abc....
+ r1|r2 alternation: matches either r1 or r2.
+ r1r2 concatenation: matches r1, and then r2.
+ r+ matches one or more r's.
+ r* matches zero or more r's.
+ r? matches zero or one r's.
+ (r) grouping: matches r.
+ r{n}
+ r{n,}
+ r{n,m} One or two numbers inside braces denote an
+ interval expression. If there is one number
+ in the braces, the preceding regular expres-
+ sion r is repeated n times. If there are two
+ numbers separated by a comma, r is repeated n
+ to m times. If there is one number followed
+ by a comma, then r is repeated at least n
+ times.
+ Interval expressions are only available if
+ either --posix or --re-interval is specified
+ on the command line.
+
+ \y matches the empty string at either the begin-
+ ning or the end of a word.
+
+ \B matches the empty string within a word.
+
+ \< matches the empty string at the beginning of
+ a word.
+
+ \> matches the empty string at the end of a
+ word.
+
+ \w matches any word-constituent character (let-
+ ter, digit, or underscore).
+
+ \W matches any character that is not word-con-
+ stituent.
+
+ \` matches the empty string at the beginning of
+ a buffer (string).
+
+ \' matches the empty string at the end of a
+ buffer.
+
+ The escape sequences that are valid in string constants
+ (see below) are also valid in regular expressions.
+
+ Character classes are a feature introduced in the POSIX
+ standard. A character class is a special notation for
+ describing lists of characters that have a specific
+ attribute, but where the actual characters themselves
+ can vary from country to country and/or from character
+ set to character set. For example, the notion of what
+ is an alphabetic character differs in the USA and in
+ France.
+
+ A character class is only valid in a regular expression
+ inside the brackets of a character list. Character
+ classes consist of [:, a keyword denoting the class, and
+ :]. The character classes defined by the POSIX standard
+ are:
+
+ [:alnum:] Alphanumeric characters.
+
+ [:alpha:] Alphabetic characters.
+
+ [:blank:] Space or tab characters.
+
+ [:cntrl:] Control characters.
+
+ [:digit:] Numeric characters.
+
+ [:graph:] Characters that are both printable and visi-
+ ble. (A space is printable, but not visible,
+ while an a is both.)
+
+ [:lower:] Lower-case alphabetic characters.
+
+ [:print:] Printable characters (characters that are not
+ control characters.)
+
+ [:punct:] Punctuation characters (characters that are
+ not letter, digits, control characters, or
+ space characters).
+
+ [:space:] Space characters (such as space, tab, and
+ formfeed, to name a few).
+
+ [:upper:] Upper-case alphabetic characters.
+
+ [:xdigit:] Characters that are hexadecimal digits.
+
+ For example, before the POSIX standard, to match
+ alphanumeric characters, you would have had to write
+ /[A-Za-z0-9]/. If your character set had other alpha-
+ betic characters in it, this would not match them, and
+ if your character set collated differently from ASCII,
+ this might not even match the ASCII alphanumeric charac-
+ ters. With the POSIX character classes, you can write
+ /[[:alnum:]]/, and this matches the alphabetic and
+ numeric characters in your character set, no matter what
+ it is.
+
+ Two additional special sequences can appear in character
+ lists. These apply to non-ASCII character sets, which
+ can have single symbols (called collating elements) that
+ are represented with more than one character, as well as
+ several characters that are equivalent for collating, or
+ sorting, purposes. (E.g., in French, a plain "e" and a
+ grave-accented "`" are equivalent.)
+
+ Collating Symbols
+ A collating symbol is a multi-character collating
+ element enclosed in [. and .]. For example, if
+ ch is a collating element, then [[.ch.]] is a
+ regular expression that matches this collating
+ element, while [ch] is a regular expression that
+ matches either c or h.
+
+ Equivalence Classes
+ An equivalence class is a locale-specific name
+ for a list of characters that are equivalent.
+ The name is enclosed in [= and =]. For example,
+ the name e might be used to represent all of "e,"
+ "´," and "`." In this case, [[=e=]] is a regular
+ expression that matches any of e, ´, or `.
+
+ These features are very valuable in non-English speaking
+ locales. The library functions that gawk uses for regu-
+ lar expression matching currently only recognize POSIX
+ character classes; they do not recognize collating sym-
+ bols or equivalence classes.
+
+ The \y, \B, \<, \>, \w, \W, \`, and \' operators are
+ specific to gawk; they are extensions based on facili-
+ ties in the GNU regular expression libraries.
+
+ The various command line options control how gawk inter-
+ prets characters in regular expressions.
+
+ No options
+ In the default case, gawk provide all the facili-
+ ties of POSIX regular expressions and the GNU
+ regular expression operators described above.
+ However, interval expressions are not supported.
+
+ --posix
+ Only POSIX regular expressions are supported, the
+ GNU operators are not special. (E.g., \w matches
+ a literal w). Interval expressions are allowed.
+
+ --traditional
+ Traditional Unix awk regular expressions are
+ matched. The GNU operators are not special,
+ interval expressions are not available, and nei-
+ ther are the POSIX character classes ([[:alnum:]]
+ and so on). Characters described by octal and
+ hexadecimal escape sequences are treated liter-
+ ally, even if they represent regular expression
+ metacharacters.
+
+ --re-interval
+ Allow interval expressions in regular expres-
+ sions, even if --traditional has been provided.
+
+ Actions
+ Action statements are enclosed in braces, { and }.
+ Action statements consist of the usual assignment, con-
+ ditional, and looping statements found in most lan-
+ guages. The operators, control statements, and
+ input/output statements available are patterned after
+ those in C.
+
+ Operators
+ The operators in AWK, in order of decreasing precedence,
+ are
+
+
+ (...) Grouping
+
+ $ Field reference.
+
+ ++ -- Increment and decrement, both prefix and
+ postfix.
+
+ ^ Exponentiation (** may also be used, and **=
+ for the assignment operator).
+
+ + - ! Unary plus, unary minus, and logical nega-
+ tion.
+
+ * / % Multiplication, division, and modulus.
+
+ + - Addition and subtraction.
+
+ space String concatenation.
+
+ | |& Piped I/O for getline, print, and printf.
+
+ < >
+ <= >=
+ != == The regular relational operators.
+
+ ~ !~ Regular expression match, negated match.
+ NOTE: Do not use a constant regular expres-
+ sion (/foo/) on the left-hand side of a ~ or
+ !~. Only use one on the right-hand side.
+ The expression /foo/ ~ exp has the same
+ meaning as (($0 ~ /foo/) ~ exp). This is
+ usually not what was intended.
+
+ in Array membership.
+
+ && Logical AND.
+
+ || Logical OR.
+
+ ?: The C conditional expression. This has the
+ form expr1 ? expr2 : expr3. If expr1 is
+ true, the value of the expression is expr2,
+ otherwise it is expr3. Only one of expr2
+ and expr3 is evaluated.
+
+ = += -=
+ *= /= %= ^= Assignment. Both absolute assignment (var =
+ value) and operator-assignment (the other
+ forms) are supported.
+
+ Control Statements
+ The control statements are as follows:
+
+ if (condition) statement [ else statement ]
+ while (condition) statement
+ do statement while (condition)
+ for (expr1; expr2; expr3) statement
+ for (var in array) statement
+ break
+ continue
+ delete array[index]
+ delete array
+ exit [ expression ]
+ { statements }
+
+ I/O Statements
+ The input/output statements are as follows:
+
+
+ close(file [, how]) Close file, pipe or co-process.
+ The optional how should only be
+ used when closing one end of a
+ two-way pipe to a co-process. It
+ must be a string value, either
+ "to" or "from".
+
+ getline Set $0 from next input record; set
+ NF, NR, FNR.
+
+ getline <file Set $0 from next record of file;
+ set NF.
+
+ getline var Set var from next input record;
+ set NR, FNR.
+
+ getline var <file Set var from next record of file.
+
+ command | getline [var]
+ Run command piping the output
+ either into $0 or var, as above.
+
+ command |& getline [var]
+ Run command as a co-process piping
+ the output either into $0 or var,
+ as above. Co-processes are a gawk
+ extension. (command can also be a
+ socket. See the subsection Spe-
+ cial File Names, below.)
+
+ next Stop processing the current input
+ record. The next input record is
+ read and processing starts over
+ with the first pattern in the AWK
+ program. If the end of the input
+ data is reached, the END block(s),
+ if any, are executed.
+
+ nextfile Stop processing the current input
+ file. The next input record read
+ comes from the next input file.
+ FILENAME and ARGIND are updated,
+ FNR is reset to 1, and processing
+ starts over with the first pattern
+ in the AWK program. If the end of
+ the input data is reached, the END
+ block(s), if any, are executed.
+
+ print Prints the current record. The
+ output record is terminated with
+ the value of the ORS variable.
+
+ print expr-list Prints expressions. Each expres-
+ sion is separated by the value of
+ the OFS variable. The output
+ record is terminated with the
+ value of the ORS variable.
+
+ print expr-list >file Prints expressions on file. Each
+ expression is separated by the
+ value of the OFS variable. The
+ output record is terminated with
+ the value of the ORS variable.
+
+ printf fmt, expr-list Format and print.
+
+ printf fmt, expr-list >file
+ Format and print on file.
+
+ system(cmd-line) Execute the command cmd-line, and
+ return the exit status. (This may
+ not be available on non-POSIX sys-
+ tems.)
+
+ fflush([file]) Flush any buffers associated with
+ the open output file or pipe file.
+ If file is missing, then standard
+ output is flushed. If file is the
+ null string, then all open output
+ files and pipes have their buffers
+ flushed.
+
+ Additional output redirections are allowed for print and
+ printf.
+
+ print ... >> file
+ Appends output to the file.
+
+ print ... | command
+ Writes on a pipe.
+
+ print ... |& command
+ Sends data to a co-process or socket. (See also
+ the subsection Special File Names, below.)
+
+ The getline command returns 0 on end of file and -1 on
+ an error. Upon an error, ERRNO contains a string
+ describing the problem.
+
+ NOTE: If using a pipe, co-process, or socket to getline,
+ or from print or printf within a loop, you must use
+ close() to create new instances of the command or
+ socket. AWK does not automatically close pipes, sock-
+ ets, or co-processes when they return EOF.
+
+ The printf Statement
+ The AWK versions of the printf statement and sprintf()
+ function (see below) accept the following conversion
+ specification formats:
+
+ %c An ASCII character. If the argument used for %c
+ is numeric, it is treated as a character and
+ printed. Otherwise, the argument is assumed to
+ be a string, and the only first character of
+ that string is printed.
+
+ %d, %i A decimal number (the integer part).
+
+ %e, %E A floating point number of the form
+ [-]d.dddddde[+-]dd. The %E format uses E
+ instead of e.
+
+ %f, %F A floating point number of the form
+ [-]ddd.dddddd. If the system library supports
+ it, %F is available as well. This is like %f,
+ but uses capital letters for special "not a num-
+ ber" and "infinity" values. If %F is not avail-
+ able, gawk uses %f.
+
+ %g, %G Use %e or %f conversion, whichever is shorter,
+ with nonsignificant zeros suppressed. The %G
+ format uses %E instead of %e.
+
+ %o An unsigned octal number (also an integer).
+
+ %u An unsigned decimal number (again, an integer).
+
+ %s A character string.
+
+ %x, %X An unsigned hexadecimal number (an integer).
+ The %X format uses ABCDEF instead of abcdef.
+
+ %% A single % character; no argument is converted.
+
+ NOTE: When using the integer format-control letters for
+ values that are outside the range of a C long integer,
+ gawk switches to the %0f format specifier. If --lint is
+ provided on the command line gawk warns about this.
+ Other versions of awk may print invalid values or do
+ something else entirely.
+
+ Optional, additional parameters may lie between the %
+ and the control letter:
+
+ count$ Use the count'th argument at this point in the
+ formatting. This is called a positional speci-
+ fier and is intended primarily for use in trans-
+ lated versions of format strings, not in the
+ original text of an AWK program. It is a gawk
+ extension.
+
+ - The expression should be left-justified within
+ its field.
+
+ space For numeric conversions, prefix positive values
+ with a space, and negative values with a minus
+ sign.
+
+ + The plus sign, used before the width modifier
+ (see below), says to always supply a sign for
+ numeric conversions, even if the data to be for-
+ matted is positive. The + overrides the space
+ modifier.
+
+ # Use an "alternate form" for certain control let-
+ ters. For %o, supply a leading zero. For %x,
+ and %X, supply a leading 0x or 0X for a nonzero
+ result. For %e, %E, %f and %F, the result always
+ contains a decimal point. For %g, and %G, trail-
+ ing zeros are not removed from the result.
+
+ 0 A leading 0 (zero) acts as a flag, that indicates
+ output should be padded with zeroes instead of
+ spaces. This applies even to non-numeric output
+ formats. This flag only has an effect when the
+ field width is wider than the value to be
+ printed.
+
+ width The field should be padded to this width. The
+ field is normally padded with spaces. If the 0
+ flag has been used, it is padded with zeroes.
+
+ .prec A number that specifies the precision to use when
+ printing. For the %e, %E, %f and %F, formats,
+ this specifies the number of digits you want
+ printed to the right of the decimal point. For
+ the %g, and %G formats, it specifies the maximum
+ number of significant digits. For the %d, %o,
+ %i, %u, %x, and %X formats, it specifies the min-
+ imum number of digits to print. For %s, it spec-
+ ifies the maximum number of characters from the
+ string that should be printed.
+
+ The dynamic width and prec capabilities of the ANSI C
+ printf() routines are supported. A * in place of either
+ the width or prec specifications causes their values to
+ be taken from the argument list to printf or sprintf().
+ To use a positional specifier with a dynamic width or
+ precision, supply the count$ after the * in the format
+ string. For example, "%3$*2$.*1$s".
+
+ Special File Names
+ When doing I/O redirection from either print or printf
+ into a file, or via getline from a file, gawk recognizes
+ certain special filenames internally. These filenames
+ allow access to open file descriptors inherited from
+ gawk's parent process (usually the shell). These file
+ names may also be used on the command line to name data
+ files. The filenames are:
+
+ /dev/stdin The standard input.
+
+ /dev/stdout The standard output.
+
+ /dev/stderr The standard error output.
+
+ /dev/fd/n The file associated with the open file
+ descriptor n.
+
+ These are particularly useful for error messages. For
+ example:
+
+ print "You blew it!" > "/dev/stderr"
+
+ whereas you would otherwise have to use
+
+ print "You blew it!" | "cat 1>&2"
+
+ The following special filenames may be used with the |&
+ co-process operator for creating TCP/IP network connec-
+ tions.
+
+ /inet/tcp/lport/rhost/rport File for TCP/IP connection
+ on local port lport to
+ remote host rhost on remote
+ port rport. Use a port of
+ 0 to have the system pick a
+ port.
+
+ /inet/udp/lport/rhost/rport Similar, but use UDP/IP
+ instead of TCP/IP.
+
+ /inet/raw/lport/rhost/rport Reserved for future use.
+
+ Other special filenames provide access to information
+ about the running gawk process. These filenames are now
+ obsolete. Use the PROCINFO array to obtain the informa-
+ tion they provide. The filenames are:
+
+ /dev/pid Reading this file returns the process ID of
+ the current process, in decimal, terminated
+ with a newline.
+
+ /dev/ppid Reading this file returns the parent process
+ ID of the current process, in decimal, ter-
+ minated with a newline.
+
+ /dev/pgrpid Reading this file returns the process group
+ ID of the current process, in decimal, ter-
+ minated with a newline.
+
+ /dev/user Reading this file returns a single record
+ terminated with a newline. The fields are
+ separated with spaces. $1 is the value of
+ the getuid(2) system call, $2 is the value
+ of the geteuid(2) system call, $3 is the
+ value of the getgid(2) system call, and $4
+ is the value of the getegid(2) system call.
+ If there are any additional fields, they are
+ the group IDs returned by getgroups(2).
+ Multiple groups may not be supported on all
+ systems.
+
+ Numeric Functions
+ AWK has the following built-in arithmetic functions:
+
+
+ atan2(y, x) Returns the arctangent of y/x in radians.
+
+ cos(expr) Returns the cosine of expr, which is in
+ radians.
+
+ exp(expr) The exponential function.
+
+ int(expr) Truncates to integer.
+
+ log(expr) The natural logarithm function.
+
+ rand() Returns a random number N, between 0 and
+ 1, such that 0 <= N < 1.
+
+ sin(expr) Returns the sine of expr, which is in
+ radians.
+
+ sqrt(expr) The square root function.
+
+ srand([expr]) Uses expr as a new seed for the random
+ number generator. If no expr is provided,
+ the time of day is used. The return value
+ is the previous seed for the random number
+ generator.
+
+ String Functions
+ Gawk has the following built-in string functions:
+
+
+ asort(s [, d]) Returns the number of elements
+ in the source array s. The con-
+ tents of s are sorted using
+ gawk's normal rules for compar-
+ ing values, and the indices of
+ the sorted values of s are
+ replaced with sequential inte-
+ gers starting with 1. If the
+ optional destination array d is
+ specified, then s is first
+ duplicated into d, and then d is
+ sorted, leaving the indices of
+ the source array s unchanged.
+
+ asorti(s [, d]) Returns the number of elements
+ in the source array s. The
+ behavior is the same as that of
+ asort(), except that the array
+ indices are used for sorting,
+ not the array values. When
+ done, the array is indexed
+ numerically, and the values are
+ those of the original indices.
+ The original values are lost;
+ thus provide a second array if
+ you wish to preserve the origi-
+ nal.
+
+ gensub(r, s, h [, t]) Search the target string t for
+ matches of the regular expres-
+ sion r. If h is a string begin-
+ ning with g or G, then replace
+ all matches of r with s. Other-
+ wise, h is a number indicating
+ which match of r to replace. If
+ t is not supplied, $0 is used
+ instead. Within the replacement
+ text s, the sequence \n, where n
+ is a digit from 1 to 9, may be
+ used to indicate just the text
+ that matched the n'th parenthe-
+ sized subexpression. The
+ sequence \0 represents the
+ entire matched text, as does the
+ character &. Unlike sub() and
+ gsub(), the modified string is
+ returned as the result of the
+ function, and the original tar-
+ get string is not changed.
+
+ gsub(r, s [, t]) For each substring matching the
+ regular expression r in the
+ string t, substitute the string
+ s, and return the number of sub-
+ stitutions. If t is not sup-
+ plied, use $0. An & in the
+ replacement text is replaced
+ with the text that was actually
+ matched. Use \& to get a lit-
+ eral &. (This must be typed as
+ "\\&"; see GAWK: Effective AWK
+ Programming for a fuller discus-
+ sion of the rules for &'s and
+ backslashes in the replacement
+ text of sub(), gsub(), and gen-
+ sub().)
+
+ index(s, t) Returns the index of the string
+ t in the string s, or 0 if t is
+ not present. (This implies that
+ character indices start at one.)
+
+ length([s]) Returns the length of the string
+ s, or the length of $0 if s is
+ not supplied. Starting with
+ version 3.1.5, as a non-standard
+ extension, with an array argu-
+ ment, length() returns the num-
+ ber of elements in the array.
+
+ match(s, r [, a]) Returns the position in s where
+ the regular expression r occurs,
+ or 0 if r is not present, and
+ sets the values of RSTART and
+ RLENGTH. Note that the argument
+ order is the same as for the ~
+ operator: str ~ re. If array a
+ is provided, a is cleared and
+ then elements 1 through n are
+ filled with the portions of s
+ that match the corresponding
+ parenthesized subexpression in
+ r. The 0'th element of a con-
+ tains the portion of s matched
+ by the entire regular expression
+ r. Subscripts a[n, "start"],
+ and a[n, "length"] provide the
+ starting index in the string and
+ length respectively, of each
+ matching substring.
+
+ split(s, a [, r]) Splits the string s into the
+ array a on the regular expres-
+ sion r, and returns the number
+ of fields. If r is omitted, FS
+ is used instead. The array a is
+ cleared first. Splitting
+ behaves identically to field
+ splitting, described above.
+
+ sprintf(fmt, expr-list) Prints expr-list according to
+ fmt, and returns the resulting
+ string.
+
+ strtonum(str) Examines str, and returns its
+ numeric value. If str begins
+ with a leading 0, strtonum()
+ assumes that str is an octal
+ number. If str begins with a
+ leading 0x or 0X, strtonum()
+ assumes that str is a hexadeci-
+ mal number.
+
+ sub(r, s [, t]) Just like gsub(), but only the
+ first matching substring is
+ replaced.
+
+ substr(s, i [, n]) Returns the at most n-character
+ substring of s starting at i.
+ If n is omitted, the rest of s
+ is used.
+
+ tolower(str) Returns a copy of the string
+ str, with all the upper-case
+ characters in str translated to
+ their corresponding lower-case
+ counterparts. Non-alphabetic
+ characters are left unchanged.
+
+ toupper(str) Returns a copy of the string
+ str, with all the lower-case
+ characters in str translated to
+ their corresponding upper-case
+ counterparts. Non-alphabetic
+ characters are left unchanged.
+
+ As of version 3.1.5, gawk is multibyte aware. This
+ means that index(), length(), substr() and match() all
+ work in terms of characters, not bytes.
+
+ Time Functions
+ Since one of the primary uses of AWK programs is pro-
+ cessing log files that contain time stamp information,
+ gawk provides the following functions for obtaining time
+ stamps and formatting them.
+
+
+ mktime(datespec)
+ Turns datespec into a time stamp of the same
+ form as returned by systime(). The datespec
+ is a string of the form YYYY MM DD HH MM SS[
+ DST]. The contents of the string are six or
+ seven numbers representing respectively the
+ full year including century, the month from 1
+ to 12, the day of the month from 1 to 31, the
+ hour of the day from 0 to 23, the minute from
+ 0 to 59, and the second from 0 to 60, and an
+ optional daylight saving flag. The values of
+ these numbers need not be within the ranges
+ specified; for example, an hour of -1 means 1
+ hour before midnight. The origin-zero Grego-
+ rian calendar is assumed, with year 0 preced-
+ ing year 1 and year -1 preceding year 0. The
+ time is assumed to be in the local timezone.
+ If the daylight saving flag is positive, the
+ time is assumed to be daylight saving time; if
+ zero, the time is assumed to be standard time;
+ and if negative (the default), mktime()
+ attempts to determine whether daylight saving
+ time is in effect for the specified time. If
+ datespec does not contain enough elements or
+ if the resulting time is out of range,
+ mktime() returns -1.
+
+ strftime([format [, timestamp[, utc-flag]]])
+ Formats timestamp according to the specifica-
+ tion in format. If utc-flag is present and is
+ non-zero or non-null, the result is in UTC,
+ otherwise the result is in local time. The
+ timestamp should be of the same form as
+ returned by systime(). If timestamp is miss-
+ ing, the current time of day is used. If for-
+ mat is missing, a default format equivalent to
+ the output of date(1) is used. See the speci-
+ fication for the strftime() function in ANSI C
+ for the format conversions that are guaranteed
+ to be available.
+
+ systime() Returns the current time of day as the number
+ of seconds since the Epoch (1970-01-01
+ 00:00:00 UTC on POSIX systems).
+
+ Bit Manipulations Functions
+ Starting with version 3.1 of gawk, the following bit
+ manipulation functions are available. They work by con-
+ verting double-precision floating point values to
+ uintmax_t integers, doing the operation, and then con-
+ verting the result back to floating point. The func-
+ tions are:
+
+ and(v1, v2) Return the bitwise AND of the values
+ provided by v1 and v2.
+
+ compl(val) Return the bitwise complement of
+ val.
+
+ lshift(val, count) Return the value of val, shifted
+ left by count bits.
+
+ or(v1, v2) Return the bitwise OR of the values
+ provided by v1 and v2.
+
+ rshift(val, count) Return the value of val, shifted
+ right by count bits.
+
+ xor(v1, v2) Return the bitwise XOR of the values
+ provided by v1 and v2.
+
+
+ Internationalization Functions
+ Starting with version 3.1 of gawk, the following func-
+ tions may be used from within your AWK program for
+ translating strings at run-time. For full details, see
+ GAWK: Effective AWK Programming.
+
+ bindtextdomain(directory [, domain])
+ Specifies the directory where gawk looks for the
+ .mo files, in case they will not or cannot be
+ placed in the ``standard'' locations (e.g., dur-
+ ing testing). It returns the directory where
+ domain is ``bound.''
+ The default domain is the value of TEXTDOMAIN.
+ If directory is the null string (""), then bind-
+ textdomain() returns the current binding for the
+ given domain.
+
+ dcgettext(string [, domain [, category]])
+ Returns the translation of string in text domain
+ domain for locale category category. The default
+ value for domain is the current value of TEXTDO-
+ MAIN. The default value for category is "LC_MES-
+ SAGES".
+ If you supply a value for category, it must be a
+ string equal to one of the known locale cate-
+ gories described in GAWK: Effective AWK Program-
+ ming. You must also supply a text domain. Use
+ TEXTDOMAIN if you want to use the current domain.
+
+ dcngettext(string1 , string2 , number [, domain [, cate-
+ gory]])
+ Returns the plural form used for number of the
+ translation of string1 and string2 in text domain
+ domain for locale category category. The default
+ value for domain is the current value of TEXTDO-
+ MAIN. The default value for category is "LC_MES-
+ SAGES".
+ If you supply a value for category, it must be a
+ string equal to one of the known locale cate-
+ gories described in GAWK: Effective AWK Program-
+ ming. You must also supply a text domain. Use
+ TEXTDOMAIN if you want to use the current domain.
+
+USER-DEFINED FUNCTIONS
+ Functions in AWK are defined as follows:
+
+ function name(parameter list) { statements }
+
+ Functions are executed when they are called from within
+ expressions in either patterns or actions. Actual
+ parameters supplied in the function call are used to
+ instantiate the formal parameters declared in the func-
+ tion. Arrays are passed by reference, other variables
+ are passed by value.
+
+ Since functions were not originally part of the AWK lan-
+ guage, the provision for local variables is rather
+ clumsy: They are declared as extra parameters in the
+ parameter list. The convention is to separate local
+ variables from real parameters by extra spaces in the
+ parameter list. For example:
+
+ function f(p, q, a, b) # a and b are local
+ {
+ ...
+ }
+
+ /abc/ { ... ; f(1, 2) ; ... }
+
+ The left parenthesis in a function call is required to
+ immediately follow the function name, without any inter-
+ vening white space. This avoids a syntactic ambiguity
+ with the concatenation operator. This restriction does
+ not apply to the built-in functions listed above.
+
+ Functions may call each other and may be recursive.
+ Function parameters used as local variables are initial-
+ ized to the null string and the number zero upon func-
+ tion invocation.
+
+ Use return expr to return a value from a function. The
+ return value is undefined if no value is provided, or if
+ the function returns by "falling off" the end.
+
+ If --lint has been provided, gawk warns about calls to
+ undefined functions at parse time, instead of at run
+ time. Calling an undefined function at run time is a
+ fatal error.
+
+ The word func may be used in place of function.
+
+DYNAMICALLY LOADING NEW FUNCTIONS
+ Beginning with version 3.1 of gawk, you can dynamically
+ add new built-in functions to the running gawk inter-
+ preter. The full details are beyond the scope of this
+ manual page; see GAWK: Effective AWK Programming for the
+ details.
+
+
+ extension(object, function)
+ Dynamically link the shared object file named by
+ object, and invoke function in that object, to
+ perform initialization. These should both be
+ provided as strings. Returns the value returned
+ by function.
+
+ This function is provided and documented in GAWK: Effec-
+ tive AWK Programming, but everything about this feature
+ is likely to change eventually. We STRONGLY recommend
+ that you do not use this feature for anything that you
+ aren't willing to redo.
+
+SIGNALS
+ pgawk accepts two signals. SIGUSR1 causes it to dump a
+ profile and function call stack to the profile file,
+ which is either awkprof.out, or whatever file was named
+ with the --profile option. It then continues to run.
+ SIGHUP causes pgawk to dump the profile and function
+ call stack and then exit.
+
+EXAMPLES
+ Print and sort the login names of all users:
+
+ BEGIN { FS = ":" }
+ { print $1 | "sort" }
+
+ Count lines in a file:
+
+ { nlines++ }
+ END { print nlines }
+
+ Precede each line by its number in the file:
+
+ { print FNR, $0 }
+
+ Concatenate and line number (a variation on a theme):
+
+ { print NR, $0 }
+ Run an external command for particular lines of data:
+
+ tail -f access_log |
+ awk '/myhome.html/ { system("nmap " $1 ">> logdir/myhome.html") }'
+
+INTERNATIONALIZATION
+ String constants are sequences of characters enclosed in
+ double quotes. In non-English speaking environments, it
+ is possible to mark strings in the AWK program as
+ requiring translation to the native natural language.
+ Such strings are marked in the AWK program with a lead-
+ ing underscore ("_"). For example,
+
+ gawk 'BEGIN { print "hello, world" }'
+
+ always prints hello, world. But,
+
+ gawk 'BEGIN { print _"hello, world" }'
+
+ might print bonjour, monde in France.
+
+ There are several steps involved in producing and run-
+ ning a localizable AWK program.
+
+ 1. Add a BEGIN action to assign a value to the TEXTDO-
+ MAIN variable to set the text domain to a name asso-
+ ciated with your program.
+
+ BEGIN { TEXTDOMAIN = "myprog" }
+
+ This allows gawk to find the .mo file associated with
+ your program. Without this step, gawk uses the messages
+ text domain, which likely does not contain translations
+ for your program.
+
+ 2. Mark all strings that should be translated with
+ leading underscores.
+
+ 3. If necessary, use the dcgettext() and/or bindtextdo-
+ main() functions in your program, as appropriate.
+
+ 4. Run gawk --gen-po -f myprog.awk > myprog.po to gen-
+ erate a .po file for your program.
+
+ 5. Provide appropriate translations, and build and
+ install the corresponding .mo files.
+
+ The internationalization features are described in full
+ detail in GAWK: Effective AWK Programming.
+
+POSIX COMPATIBILITY
+ A primary goal for gawk is compatibility with the POSIX
+ standard, as well as with the latest version of UNIX
+ awk. To this end, gawk incorporates the following user
+ visible features which are not described in the AWK
+ book, but are part of the Bell Laboratories version of
+ awk, and are in the POSIX standard.
+
+ The book indicates that command line variable assignment
+ happens when awk would otherwise open the argument as a
+ file, which is after the BEGIN block is executed. How-
+ ever, in earlier implementations, when such an assign-
+ ment appeared before any file names, the assignment
+ would happen before the BEGIN block was run. Applica-
+ tions came to depend on this "feature." When awk was
+ changed to match its documentation, the -v option for
+ assigning variables before program execution was added
+ to accommodate applications that depended upon the old
+ behavior. (This feature was agreed upon by both the
+ Bell Laboratories and the GNU developers.)
+
+ The -W option for implementation specific features is
+ from the POSIX standard.
+
+ When processing arguments, gawk uses the special option
+ "--" to signal the end of arguments. In compatibility
+ mode, it warns about but otherwise ignores undefined
+ options. In normal operation, such arguments are passed
+ on to the AWK program for it to process.
+
+ The AWK book does not define the return value of
+ srand(). The POSIX standard has it return the seed it
+ was using, to allow keeping track of random number
+ sequences. Therefore srand() in gawk also returns its
+ current seed.
+
+ Other new features are: The use of multiple -f options
+ (from MKS awk); the ENVIRON array; the \a, and \v escape
+ sequences (done originally in gawk and fed back into the
+ Bell Laboratories version); the tolower() and toupper()
+ built-in functions (from the Bell Laboratories version);
+ and the ANSI C conversion specifications in printf (done
+ first in the Bell Laboratories version).
+
+HISTORICAL FEATURES
+ There are two features of historical AWK implementations
+ that gawk supports. First, it is possible to call the
+ length() built-in function not only with no argument,
+ but even without parentheses! Thus,
+
+ a = length # Holy Algol 60, Batman!
+
+ is the same as either of
+
+ a = length()
+ a = length($0)
+
+ This feature is marked as "deprecated" in the POSIX
+ standard, and gawk issues a warning about its use if
+ --lint is specified on the command line.
+
+ The other feature is the use of either the continue or
+ the break statements outside the body of a while, for,
+ or do loop. Traditional AWK implementations have
+ treated such usage as equivalent to the next statement.
+ Gawk supports this usage if --traditional has been spec-
+ ified.
+
+GNU EXTENSIONS
+ Gawk has a number of extensions to POSIX awk. They are
+ described in this section. All the extensions described
+ here can be disabled by invoking gawk with the --tradi-
+ tional or --posix options.
+
+ The following features of gawk are not available in
+ POSIX awk.
+
+ · No path search is performed for files named via the -f
+ option. Therefore the AWKPATH environment variable is
+ not special.
+
+ · The \x escape sequence. (Disabled with --posix.)
+
+ · The fflush() function. (Disabled with --posix.)
+
+ · The ability to continue lines after ? and :. (Dis-
+ abled with --posix.)
+
+ · Octal and hexadecimal constants in AWK programs.
+
+ · The ARGIND, BINMODE, ERRNO, LINT, RT and TEXTDOMAIN
+ variables are not special.
+
+ · The IGNORECASE variable and its side-effects are not
+ available.
+
+ · The FIELDWIDTHS variable and fixed-width field split-
+ ting.
+
+ · The PROCINFO array is not available.
+
+ · The use of RS as a regular expression.
+
+ · The special file names available for I/O redirection
+ are not recognized.
+
+ · The |& operator for creating co-processes.
+
+ · The ability to split out individual characters using
+ the null string as the value of FS, and as the third
+ argument to split().
+
+ · The optional second argument to the close() function.
+
+ · The optional third argument to the match() function.
+
+ · The ability to use positional specifiers with printf
+ and sprintf().
+
+ · The ability to pass an array to length().
+
+ · The use of delete array to delete the entire contents
+ of an array.
+
+ · The use of nextfile to abandon processing of the cur-
+ rent input file.
+
+ · The and(), asort(), asorti(), bindtextdomain(),
+ compl(), dcgettext(), dcngettext(), gensub(),
+ lshift(), mktime(), or(), rshift(), strftime(), str-
+ tonum(), systime() and xor() functions.
+
+ · Localizable strings.
+
+ · Adding new built-in functions dynamically with the
+ extension() function.
+
+ The AWK book does not define the return value of the
+ close() function. Gawk's close() returns the value from
+ fclose(3), or pclose(3), when closing an output file or
+ pipe, respectively. It returns the process's exit sta-
+ tus when closing an input pipe. The return value is -1
+ if the named file, pipe or co-process was not opened
+ with a redirection.
+
+ When gawk is invoked with the --traditional option, if
+ the fs argument to the -F option is "t", then FS is set
+ to the tab character. Note that typing gawk -F\t ...
+ simply causes the shell to quote the "t," and does not
+ pass "\t" to the -F option. Since this is a rather ugly
+ special case, it is not the default behavior. This
+ behavior also does not occur if --posix has been speci-
+ fied. To really get a tab character as the field sepa-
+ rator, it is best to use single quotes: gawk -F'\t' ....
+
+ If gawk is configured with the --enable-switch option to
+ the configure command, then it accepts an additional
+ control-flow statement:
+ switch (expression) {
+ case value|regex : statement
+ ...
+ [ default: statement ]
+ }
+
+ If gawk is configured with the --disable-directories-
+ fatal option, then it will silently skip directories
+ named on the command line. Otherwise, it will do so
+ only if invoked with the --traditional option.
+
+ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
+ The AWKPATH environment variable can be used to provide
+ a list of directories that gawk searches when looking
+ for files named via the -f and --file options.
+
+ If POSIXLY_CORRECT exists in the environment, then gawk
+ behaves exactly as if --posix had been specified on the
+ command line. If --lint has been specified, gawk issues
+ a warning message to this effect.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ egrep(1), getpid(2), getppid(2), getpgrp(2), getuid(2),
+ geteuid(2), getgid(2), getegid(2), getgroups(2)
+
+ The AWK Programming Language, Alfred V. Aho, Brian W.
+ Kernighan, Peter J. Weinberger, Addison-Wesley, 1988.
+ ISBN 0-201-07981-X.
+
+ GAWK: Effective AWK Programming, Edition 3.0, published
+ by the Free Software Foundation, 2001. The current ver-
+ sion of this document is available online at
+ http://www.gnu.org/software/gawk/manual.
+
+BUGS
+ The -F option is not necessary given the command line
+ variable assignment feature; it remains only for back-
+ wards compatibility.
+
+ Syntactically invalid single character programs tend to
+ overflow the parse stack, generating a rather unhelpful
+ message. Such programs are surprisingly difficult to
+ diagnose in the completely general case, and the effort
+ to do so really is not worth it.
+
+AUTHORS
+ The original version of UNIX awk was designed and imple-
+ mented by Alfred Aho, Peter Weinberger, and Brian
+ Kernighan of Bell Laboratories. Brian Kernighan contin-
+ ues to maintain and enhance it.
+
+ Paul Rubin and Jay Fenlason, of the Free Software Foun-
+ dation, wrote gawk, to be compatible with the original
+ version of awk distributed in Seventh Edition UNIX.
+ John Woods contributed a number of bug fixes. David
+ Trueman, with contributions from Arnold Robbins, made
+ gawk compatible with the new version of UNIX awk.
+ Arnold Robbins is the current maintainer.
+
+ The initial DOS port was done by Conrad Kwok and Scott
+ Garfinkle. Scott Deifik is the current DOS maintainer.
+ Pat Rankin did the port to VMS, and Michal Jaegermann
+ did the port to the Atari ST. The port to OS/2 was done
+ by Kai Uwe Rommel, with contributions and help from Dar-
+ rel Hankerson. Juan M. Guerrero now maintains the OS/2
+ port. Fred Fish supplied support for the Amiga, and
+ Martin Brown provided the BeOS port. Stephen Davies
+ provided the original Tandem port, and Matthew Woehlke
+ provided changes for Tandem's POSIX-compliant systems.
+
+VERSION INFORMATION
+ This man page documents gawk, version 3.1.6.
+
+BUG REPORTS
+ If you find a bug in gawk, please send electronic mail
+ to bug-gawk@gnu.org. Please include your operating sys-
+ tem and its revision, the version of gawk (from gawk
+ --version), what C compiler you used to compile it, and
+ a test program and data that are as small as possible
+ for reproducing the problem.
+
+ Before sending a bug report, please do the following
+ things. First, verify that you have the latest version
+ of gawk. Many bugs (usually subtle ones) are fixed at
+ each release, and if yours is out of date, the problem
+ may already have been solved. Second, please see if
+ setting the environment variable LC_ALL to LC_ALL=C
+ causes things to behave as you expect. If so, it's a
+ locale issue, and may or may not really be a bug.
+ Finally, please read this man page and the reference
+ manual carefully to be sure that what you think is a bug
+ really is, instead of just a quirk in the language.
+
+ Whatever you do, do NOT post a bug report in
+ comp.lang.awk. While the gawk developers occasionally
+ read this newsgroup, posting bug reports there is an
+ unreliable way to report bugs. Instead, please use the
+ electronic mail addresses given above.
+
+ If you're using a GNU/Linux system or BSD-based system,
+ you may wish to submit a bug report to the vendor of
+ your distribution. That's fine, but please send a copy
+ to the official email address as well, since there's no
+ guarantee that the bug will be forwarded to the gawk
+ maintainer.
+
+ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
+ Brian Kernighan of Bell Laboratories provided valuable
+ assistance during testing and debugging. We thank him.
+
+COPYING PERMISSIONS
+ Copyright © 1989, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
+ 1997, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2007
+ Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim
+ copies of this manual page provided the copyright notice
+ and this permission notice are preserved on all copies.
+
+ Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified
+ versions of this manual page under the conditions for
+ verbatim copying, provided that the entire resulting
+ derived work is distributed under the terms of a permis-
+ sion notice identical to this one.
+
+ Permission is granted to copy and distribute transla-
+ tions of this manual page into another language, under
+ the above conditions for modified versions, except that
+ this permission notice may be stated in a translation
+ approved by the Foundation.
+
+
+
+Free Software Foundation Oct 19 2007 GAWK(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/pinky.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/pinky.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..637be84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/pinky.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+PINKY(1) User Commands PINKY(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ pinky - lightweight finger
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ pinky [OPTION]... [USER]...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ -l produce long format output for the specified
+ USERs
+
+ -b omit the user's home directory and shell in long
+ format
+
+ -h omit the user's project file in long format
+
+ -p omit the user's plan file in long format
+
+ -s do short format output, this is the default
+
+ -f omit the line of column headings in short format
+
+ -w omit the user's full name in short format
+
+ -i omit the user's full name and remote host in
+ short format
+
+ -q omit the user's full name, remote host and idle
+ time in short format
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ A lightweight `finger' program; print user information.
+ The utmp file will be /var/run/utmp.
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Joseph Arceneaux, David MacKenzie, and Kaveh
+ Ghazi.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for pinky is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and pinky programs are prop-
+ erly installed at your site, the command
+
+ info pinky
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+pinky 5.3.0 November 2004 PINKY(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/pr.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/pr.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed02e0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/pr.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+PR(1) User Commands PR(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ pr - convert text files for printing
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ pr [OPTION]... [FILE]...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Paginate or columnate FILE(s) for printing.
+
+ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for
+ short options too.
+
+ +FIRST_PAGE[:LAST_PAGE], --pages=FIRST_PAGE[:LAST_PAGE]
+ begin [stop] printing with page FIRST_[LAST_]PAGE
+
+ -COLUMN, --columns=COLUMN
+ output COLUMN columns and print columns down,
+ unless -a is used. Balance number of lines in the
+ columns on each page.
+
+ -a, --across
+ print columns across rather than down, used
+ together with -COLUMN
+
+ -c, --show-control-chars
+ use hat notation (^G) and octal backslash nota-
+ tion
+
+ -d, --double-space
+ double space the output
+
+ -D, --date-format=FORMAT
+ use FORMAT for the header date
+
+ -e[CHAR[WIDTH]], --expand-tabs[=CHAR[WIDTH]]
+ expand input CHARs (TABs) to tab WIDTH (8)
+
+ -F, -f, --form-feed
+ use form feeds instead of newlines to separate
+ pages (by a 3-line page header with -F or a
+ 5-line header and trailer without -F)
+
+ -h HEADER, --header=HEADER
+ use a centered HEADER instead of filename in page
+ header, -h "" prints a blank line, don't use -h""
+
+ -i[CHAR[WIDTH]], --output-tabs[=CHAR[WIDTH]]
+ replace spaces with CHARs (TABs) to tab WIDTH (8)
+
+ -J, --join-lines
+ merge full lines, turns off -W line truncation,
+ no column alignment, --sep-string[=STRING] sets
+ separators
+
+ -l PAGE_LENGTH, --length=PAGE_LENGTH
+ set the page length to PAGE_LENGTH (66) lines
+ (default number of lines of text 56, and with -F
+ 63)
+
+ -m, --merge
+ print all files in parallel, one in each column,
+ truncate lines, but join lines of full length
+ with -J
+
+ -n[SEP[DIGITS]], --number-lines[=SEP[DIGITS]]
+ number lines, use DIGITS (5) digits, then SEP
+ (TAB), default counting starts with 1st line of
+ input file
+
+ -N NUMBER, --first-line-number=NUMBER
+ start counting with NUMBER at 1st line of first
+ page printed (see +FIRST_PAGE)
+
+ -o MARGIN, --indent=MARGIN
+ offset each line with MARGIN (zero) spaces, do
+ not affect -w or -W, MARGIN will be added to
+ PAGE_WIDTH
+
+ -r, --no-file-warnings
+ omit warning when a file cannot be opened
+
+ -s[CHAR],--separator[=CHAR]
+ separate columns by a single character, default
+ for CHAR is the <TAB> character without -w and
+ 'no char' with -w -s[CHAR] turns off line trunca-
+ tion of all 3 column options (-COLUMN|-a -COL-
+ UMN|-m) except -w is set
+
+ -SSTRING, --sep-string[=STRING]
+ separate columns by STRING, without -S: Default
+ separator <TAB> with -J and <space> otherwise
+ (same as -S" "), no effect on column options
+
+ -t, --omit-header omit page headers and trailers
+
+ -T, --omit-pagination
+ omit page headers and trailers, eliminate any
+ pagination by form feeds set in input files
+
+ -v, --show-nonprinting
+ use octal backslash notation
+
+ -w PAGE_WIDTH, --width=PAGE_WIDTH
+ set page width to PAGE_WIDTH (72) characters for
+ multiple text-column output only, -s[char] turns
+ off (72)
+
+ -W PAGE_WIDTH, --page-width=PAGE_WIDTH
+ set page width to PAGE_WIDTH (72) characters
+ always, truncate lines, except -J option is set,
+ no interference with -S or -s
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ -T implied by -l nn when nn <= 10 or <= 3 with -F. With
+ no FILE, or when FILE is -, read standard input.
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Pete TerMaat and Roland Huebner.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for pr is maintained as a Texinfo
+ manual. If the info and pr programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info pr
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+pr 5.3.0 January 2005 PR(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/printenv.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/printenv.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec917ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/printenv.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+PRINTENV(1) User Commands PRINTENV(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ printenv - print all or part of environment
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ printenv [VARIABLE]...
+ printenv OPTION
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ If no environment VARIABLE specified, print them all.
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by David MacKenzie and Richard Mlynarik.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for printenv is maintained as a
+ Texinfo manual. If the info and printenv programs are
+ properly installed at your site, the command
+
+ info printenv
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+printenv 5.3.0 November 2004 PRINTENV(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/printf.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/printf.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c6a7719
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/printf.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+PRINTF(1) User Commands PRINTF(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ printf - format and print data
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ printf FORMAT [ARGUMENT]...
+ printf OPTION
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ NOTE: your shell may have its own version of printf
+ which will supersede the version described here. Please
+ refer to your shell's documentation for details about
+ the options it supports.
+
+ Print ARGUMENT(s) according to FORMAT.
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ FORMAT controls the output as in C printf. Interpreted
+ sequences are:
+
+ \" double quote
+
+ \NNN character with octal value NNN (1 to 3 digits)
+
+ \\ backslash
+
+ \a alert (BEL)
+
+ \b backspace
+
+ \c produce no further output
+
+ \f form feed
+
+ \n new line
+
+ \r carriage return
+
+ \t horizontal tab
+
+ \v vertical tab
+
+ \xHH byte with hexadecimal value HH (1 to 2 digits)
+
+ \uHHHH Unicode (ISO/IEC 10646) character with hex value
+ HHHH (4 digits)
+
+ \UHHHHHHHH
+ Unicode character with hex value HHHHHHHH (8 dig-
+ its)
+
+ %% a single %
+
+ %b ARGUMENT as a string with `\' escapes inter-
+ preted,
+
+ except that octal escapes are of the form \0 or
+ \0NNN
+
+ and all C format specifications ending with one of
+ diouxXfeEgGcs, with ARGUMENTs converted to proper type
+ first. Variable widths are handled.
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by David MacKenzie.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for printf is maintained as a
+ Texinfo manual. If the info and printf programs are
+ properly installed at your site, the command
+
+ info printf
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+printf 5.3.0 November 2004 PRINTF(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/ptx.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/ptx.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..74c4538
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/ptx.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+PTX(1) User Commands PTX(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ ptx - produce a permuted index of file contents
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ ptx [OPTION]... [INPUT]... (without -G)
+ ptx -G [OPTION]... [INPUT [OUTPUT]]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Output a permuted index, including context, of the words
+ in the input files.
+
+ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for
+ short options too.
+
+ -A, --auto-reference
+ output automatically generated references
+
+ -C, --copyright
+ display Copyright and copying conditions
+
+ -G, --traditional
+ behave more like System V `ptx'
+
+ -F, --flag-truncation=STRING
+ use STRING for flagging line truncations
+
+ -M, --macro-name=STRING
+ macro name to use instead of `xx'
+
+ -O, --format=roff
+ generate output as roff directives
+
+ -R, --right-side-refs
+ put references at right, not counted in -w
+
+ -S, --sentence-regexp=REGEXP
+ for end of lines or end of sentences
+
+ -T, --format=tex
+ generate output as TeX directives
+
+ -W, --word-regexp=REGEXP
+ use REGEXP to match each keyword
+
+ -b, --break-file=FILE
+ word break characters in this FILE
+
+ -f, --ignore-case
+ fold lower case to upper case for sorting
+
+ -g, --gap-size=NUMBER
+ gap size in columns between output fields
+
+ -i, --ignore-file=FILE
+ read ignore word list from FILE
+
+ -o, --only-file=FILE
+ read only word list from this FILE
+
+ -r, --references
+ first field of each line is a reference
+
+ -t, --typeset-mode - not implemented -
+
+ -w, --width=NUMBER
+ output width in columns, reference excluded
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ With no FILE or if FILE is -, read Standard Input. `-F
+ /' by default.
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by F. Pinard.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for ptx is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and ptx programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info ptx
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+ptx 5.3.0 November 2004 PTX(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/pwd.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/pwd.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0458a8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/pwd.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+PWD(1) User Commands PWD(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ pwd - print name of current/working directory
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ pwd [OPTION]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ NOTE: your shell may have its own version of pwd which
+ will supersede the version described here. Please refer
+ to your shell's documentation for details about the
+ options it supports.
+
+ Print the full filename of the current working direc-
+ tory.
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Jim Meyering.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for pwd is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and pwd programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info pwd
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+pwd 5.3.0 November 2004 PWD(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/readlink.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/readlink.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..830accf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/readlink.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+READLINK(1) User Commands READLINK(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ readlink - display value of a symbolic link
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ readlink [OPTION]... FILE
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Display value of a symbolic link on standard output.
+
+ -f, --canonicalize
+ canonicalize by following every symlink in every
+ component of the given path recursively; all but
+ the last path component must exist
+
+ -e, --canonicalize-existing
+ canonicalize by following every symlink in every
+ component of the given path recursively, all path
+ components must exist
+
+ -m, --canonicalize-missing
+ canonicalize by following every symlink in every
+ component of the given path recursively, without
+ requirements on components existence
+
+ -n, --no-newline
+ do not output the trailing newline
+
+ -q, --quiet,
+
+ -s, --silent
+ suppress most error messages
+
+ -v, --verbose
+ report error messages
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Dmitry V. Levin.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for readlink is maintained as a
+ Texinfo manual. If the info and readlink programs are
+ properly installed at your site, the command
+
+ info readlink
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+readlink 5.3.0 November 2004 READLINK(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/rm.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/rm.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8bc315f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/rm.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+RM(1) User Commands RM(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ rm - remove files or directories
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ rm [OPTION]... FILE...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ This manual page documents the GNU version of rm. rm
+ removes each specified file. By default, it does not
+ remove directories.
+
+ If a file is unwritable, the standard input is a tty,
+ and the -f or --force option is not given, rm prompts
+ the user for whether to remove the file. If the
+ response is not affirmative, the file is skipped.
+
+OPTIONS
+ Remove (unlink) the FILE(s).
+
+ -d, --directory
+ unlink FILE, even if it is a non-empty directory
+ (super-user only; this works only if your system
+
+ supports `unlink' for nonempty directories)
+
+ -f, --force
+ ignore nonexistent files, never prompt
+
+ -i, --interactive
+ prompt before any removal
+
+ --no-preserve-root do not treat `/' specially (the
+ default)
+
+ --preserve-root
+ fail to operate recursively on `/'
+
+ -r, -R, --recursive
+ remove the contents of directories recursively
+
+ -v, --verbose
+ explain what is being done
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ To remove a file whose name starts with a `-', for exam-
+ ple `-foo', use one of these commands:
+
+ rm -- -foo
+
+ rm ./-foo
+
+ Note that if you use rm to remove a file, it is usually
+ possible to recover the contents of that file. If you
+ want more assurance that the contents are truly unrecov-
+ erable, consider using shred.
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Paul Rubin, David MacKenzie, Richard Stall-
+ man, and Jim Meyering.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ chattr(1), shred(1)
+
+ The full documentation for rm is maintained as a Texinfo
+ manual. If the info and rm programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info rm
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+rm 5.3.0 November 2004 RM(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/rmdir.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/rmdir.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87821e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/rmdir.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+RMDIR(1) User Commands RMDIR(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ rmdir - remove empty directories
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ rmdir [OPTION]... DIRECTORY...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Remove the DIRECTORY(ies), if they are empty.
+
+ --ignore-fail-on-non-empty
+
+ ignore each failure that is solely because a
+ directory is non-empty
+
+ -p, --parents
+ remove DIRECTORY, then try to remove each direc-
+ tory component of that path name. E.g., `rmdir
+ -p a/b/c' is similar to `rmdir a/b/c a/b a'.
+
+ -v, --verbose
+ output a diagnostic for every directory processed
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by David MacKenzie.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for rmdir is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and rmdir programs are prop-
+ erly installed at your site, the command
+
+ info rmdir
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+rmdir 5.3.0 November 2004 RMDIR(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/sed.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/sed.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f1153f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/sed.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,321 @@
+SED(1) User Commands SED(1)
+
+
+
+NAME
+ sed - stream editor for filtering and transforming text
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ sed.exe [OPTION]... {script-only-if-no-other-script}
+ [input-file]...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Sed is a stream editor. A stream editor is used to per-
+ form basic text transformations on an input stream (a
+ file or input from a pipeline). While in some ways sim-
+ ilar to an editor which permits scripted edits (such as
+ ed), sed works by making only one pass over the
+ input(s), and is consequently more efficient. But it is
+ sed's ability to filter text in a pipeline which partic-
+ ularly distinguishes it from other types of editors.
+
+ -n, --quiet, --silent
+
+ suppress automatic printing of pattern space
+
+ -e script, --expression=script
+
+ add the script to the commands to be executed
+
+ -f script-file, --file=script-file
+
+ add the contents of script-file to the commands
+ to be executed
+
+ -i[SUFFIX], --in-place[=SUFFIX]
+
+ edit files in place (makes backup if extension
+ supplied)
+
+ -b, --binary
+
+ open files in binary mode (CR+LFs are not pro-
+ cessed specially)
+
+ -c, --copy
+
+ use copy instead of rename when shuffling files
+ in -i mode (avoids change of input file owner-
+ ship)
+
+ -l N, --line-length=N
+
+ specify the desired line-wrap length for the `l'
+ command
+
+ --posix
+
+ disable all GNU extensions.
+
+ -r, --regexp-extended
+
+ use extended regular expressions in the script.
+
+ -s, --separate
+
+ consider files as separate rather than as a sin-
+ gle continuous long stream.
+
+ -u, --unbuffered
+
+ load minimal amounts of data from the input files
+ and flush the output buffers more often
+
+ --help
+ display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ If no -e, --expression, -f, or --file option is given,
+ then the first non-option argument is taken as the sed
+ script to interpret. All remaining arguments are names
+ of input files; if no input files are specified, then
+ the standard input is read.
+
+ GNU sed home page: <http://www.gnu.org/software/sed/>.
+ General help using GNU software:
+ <http://www.gnu.org/gethelp/>. E-mail bug reports to:
+ <bug-gnu-utils@gnu.org>. Be sure to include the word
+ ``sed'' somewhere in the ``Subject:'' field.
+
+COMMAND SYNOPSIS
+ This is just a brief synopsis of sed commands to serve
+ as a reminder to those who already know sed; other docu-
+ mentation (such as the texinfo document) must be con-
+ sulted for fuller descriptions.
+
+ Zero-address ``commands''
+ : label
+ Label for b and t commands.
+
+ #comment
+ The comment extends until the next newline (or
+ the end of a -e script fragment).
+
+ } The closing bracket of a { } block.
+
+ Zero- or One- address commands
+ = Print the current line number.
+
+ a \
+
+ text Append text, which has each embedded newline pre-
+ ceded by a backslash.
+
+ i \
+
+ text Insert text, which has each embedded newline pre-
+ ceded by a backslash.
+
+ q [exit-code]
+ Immediately quit the sed script without process-
+ ing any more input, except that if auto-print is
+ not disabled the current pattern space will be
+ printed. The exit code argument is a GNU exten-
+ sion.
+
+ Q [exit-code]
+ Immediately quit the sed script without process-
+ ing any more input. This is a GNU extension.
+
+ r filename
+ Append text read from filename.
+
+ R filename
+ Append a line read from filename. Each invoca-
+ tion of the command reads a line from the file.
+ This is a GNU extension.
+
+ Commands which accept address ranges
+ { Begin a block of commands (end with a }).
+
+ b label
+ Branch to label; if label is omitted, branch to
+ end of script.
+
+ t label
+ If a s/// has done a successful substitution
+ since the last input line was read and since the
+ last t or T command, then branch to label; if
+ label is omitted, branch to end of script.
+
+ T label
+ If no s/// has done a successful substitution
+ since the last input line was read and since the
+ last t or T command, then branch to label; if
+ label is omitted, branch to end of script. This
+ is a GNU extension.
+
+ c \
+
+ text Replace the selected lines with text, which has
+ each embedded newline preceded by a backslash.
+
+ d Delete pattern space. Start next cycle.
+
+ D Delete up to the first embedded newline in the
+ pattern space. Start next cycle, but skip read-
+ ing from the input if there is still data in the
+ pattern space.
+
+ h H Copy/append pattern space to hold space.
+
+ g G Copy/append hold space to pattern space.
+
+ x Exchange the contents of the hold and pattern
+ spaces.
+
+ l List out the current line in a ``visually unam-
+ biguous'' form.
+
+ l width
+ List out the current line in a ``visually unam-
+ biguous'' form, breaking it at width characters.
+ This is a GNU extension.
+
+ n N Read/append the next line of input into the pat-
+ tern space.
+
+ p Print the current pattern space.
+
+ P Print up to the first embedded newline of the
+ current pattern space.
+
+ s/regexp/replacement/
+ Attempt to match regexp against the pattern
+ space. If successful, replace that portion
+ matched with replacement. The replacement may
+ contain the special character & to refer to that
+ portion of the pattern space which matched, and
+ the special escapes \1 through \9 to refer to the
+ corresponding matching sub-expressions in the
+ regexp.
+
+ w filename
+ Write the current pattern space to filename.
+
+ W filename
+ Write the first line of the current pattern space
+ to filename. This is a GNU extension.
+
+ y/source/dest/
+ Transliterate the characters in the pattern space
+ which appear in source to the corresponding char-
+ acter in dest.
+
+Addresses
+ Sed commands can be given with no addresses, in which
+ case the command will be executed for all input lines;
+ with one address, in which case the command will only be
+ executed for input lines which match that address; or
+ with two addresses, in which case the command will be
+ executed for all input lines which match the inclusive
+ range of lines starting from the first address and con-
+ tinuing to the second address. Three things to note
+ about address ranges: the syntax is addr1,addr2 (i.e.,
+ the addresses are separated by a comma); the line which
+ addr1 matched will always be accepted, even if addr2
+ selects an earlier line; and if addr2 is a regexp, it
+ will not be tested against the line that addr1 matched.
+
+ After the address (or address-range), and before the
+ command, a ! may be inserted, which specifies that the
+ command shall only be executed if the address (or
+ address-range) does not match.
+
+ The following address types are supported:
+
+ number Match only the specified line number.
+
+ first~step
+ Match every step'th line starting with line
+ first. For example, ``sed -n 1~2p'' will print
+ all the odd-numbered lines in the input stream,
+ and the address 2~5 will match every fifth line,
+ starting with the second. first can be zero; in
+ this case, sed operates as if it were equal to
+ step. (This is an extension.)
+
+ $ Match the last line.
+
+ /regexp/
+ Match lines matching the regular expression reg-
+ exp.
+
+ \cregexpc
+ Match lines matching the regular expression reg-
+ exp. The c may be any character.
+
+ GNU sed also supports some special 2-address forms:
+
+ 0,addr2
+ Start out in "matched first address" state, until
+ addr2 is found. This is similar to 1,addr2,
+ except that if addr2 matches the very first line
+ of input the 0,addr2 form will be at the end of
+ its range, whereas the 1,addr2 form will still be
+ at the beginning of its range. This works only
+ when addr2 is a regular expression.
+
+ addr1,+N
+ Will match addr1 and the N lines following addr1.
+
+ addr1,~N
+ Will match addr1 and the lines following addr1
+ until the next line whose input line number is a
+ multiple of N.
+
+REGULAR EXPRESSIONS
+ POSIX.2 BREs should be supported, but they aren't com-
+ pletely because of performance problems. The \n
+ sequence in a regular expression matches the newline
+ character, and similarly for \a, \t, and other
+ sequences.
+
+BUGS
+ E-mail bug reports to bonzini@gnu.org. Be sure to
+ include the word ``sed'' somewhere in the ``Subject:''
+ field. Also, please include the output of ``sed --ver-
+ sion'' in the body of your report if at all possible.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright © 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, to the extent
+ permitted by law.
+
+ GNU sed home page: <http://www.gnu.org/software/sed/>.
+ General help using GNU software:
+ <http://www.gnu.org/gethelp/>. E-mail bug reports to:
+ <bug-gnu-utils@gnu.org>. Be sure to include the word
+ ``sed'' somewhere in the ``Subject:'' field.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ awk(1), ed(1), grep(1), tr(1), perlre(1), sed.info, any
+ of various books on sed, the sed FAQ
+ (http://sed.sf.net/grabbag/tutorials/sedfaq.txt),
+ http://sed.sf.net/grabbag/.
+
+ The full documentation for sed is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and sed programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info sed
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+sed version 4.2.1 June 2009 SED(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/seq.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/seq.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb0419e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/seq.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+SEQ(1) User Commands SEQ(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ seq - print a sequence of numbers
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ seq [OPTION]... LAST
+ seq [OPTION]... FIRST LAST
+ seq [OPTION]... FIRST INCREMENT LAST
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Print numbers from FIRST to LAST, in steps of INCREMENT.
+
+ -f, --format=FORMAT
+ use printf style floating-point FORMAT (default:
+ %g)
+
+ -s, --separator=STRING
+ use STRING to separate numbers (default: \n)
+
+ -w, --equal-width
+ equalize width by padding with leading zeroes
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ If FIRST or INCREMENT is omitted, it defaults to 1.
+ That is, an omitted INCREMENT defaults to 1 even when
+ LAST is smaller than FIRST. FIRST, INCREMENT, and LAST
+ are interpreted as floating point values. INCREMENT is
+ usually positive if FIRST is smaller than LAST, and
+ INCREMENT is usually negative if FIRST is greater than
+ LAST. When given, the FORMAT argument must contain
+ exactly one of the printf-style, floating point output
+ formats %e, %f, %g
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Ulrich Drepper.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for seq is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and seq programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info seq
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+seq 5.3.0 December 2004 SEQ(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/sha1sum.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/sha1sum.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a249897
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/sha1sum.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+SHA1SUM(1) User Commands SHA1SUM(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ sha1sum - compute and check SHA1 message digest
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ sha1sum [OPTION] [FILE]...
+ sha1sum [OPTION] --check [FILE]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Print or check SHA1 (160-bit) checksums. With no FILE,
+ or when FILE is -, read standard input.
+
+ -b, --binary
+ read files in binary mode (default on DOS/Win-
+ dows)
+
+ -c, --check
+ check SHA1 sums against given list
+
+ -t, --text
+ read files in text mode (default)
+
+ The following two options are useful only when verifying
+ checksums:
+ --status
+ don't output anything, status code shows success
+
+ -w, --warn
+ warn about improperly formated checksum lines
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ The sums are computed as described in FIPS-180-1. When
+ checking, the input should be a former output of this
+ program. The default mode is to print a line with
+ checksum, a character indicating type (`*' for binary, `
+ ' for text), and name for each FILE.
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Ulrich Drepper and Scott Miller.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for sha1sum is maintained as a
+ Texinfo manual. If the info and sha1sum programs are
+ properly installed at your site, the command
+
+ info sha1sum
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+sha1sum 5.3.0 November 2004 SHA1SUM(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/shred.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/shred.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3748041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/shred.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+SHRED(1) User Commands SHRED(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ shred - overwrite a file to hide its contents, and
+ optionally delete it
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ shred [OPTIONS] FILE [...]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Overwrite the specified FILE(s) repeatedly, in order to
+ make it harder for even very expensive hardware probing
+ to recover the data.
+
+ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for
+ short options too.
+
+ -f, --force
+ change permissions to allow writing if necessary
+
+ -n, --iterations=N
+ Overwrite N times instead of the default (25)
+
+ -s, --size=N
+ shred this many bytes (suffixes like K, M, G
+ accepted)
+
+ -u, --remove
+ truncate and remove file after overwriting
+
+ -v, --verbose
+ show progress
+
+ -x, --exact
+ do not round file sizes up to the next full
+ block;
+
+ this is the default for non-regular files
+
+ -z, --zero
+ add a final overwrite with zeros to hide shred-
+ ding
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ If FILE is -, shred standard output.
+
+ Delete FILE(s) if --remove (-u) is specified. The
+ default is not to remove the files because it is common
+ to operate on device files like /dev/hda, and those
+ files usually should not be removed. When operating on
+ regular files, most people use the --remove option.
+
+ CAUTION: Note that shred relies on a very important
+ assumption: that the file system overwrites data in
+ place. This is the traditional way to do things, but
+ many modern file system designs do not satisfy this
+ assumption. The following are examples of file systems
+ on which shred is not effective:
+
+ * log-structured or journaled file systems, such as
+ those supplied with
+
+ AIX and Solaris (and JFS, ReiserFS, XFS, Ext3,
+ etc.)
+
+ * file systems that write redundant data and carry on
+ even if some writes
+
+ fail, such as RAID-based file systems
+
+ * file systems that make snapshots, such as Network
+ Appliance's NFS server
+
+ * file systems that cache in temporary locations, such
+ as NFS
+
+ version 3 clients
+
+ * compressed file systems
+
+ In addition, file system backups and remote mirrors may
+ contain copies of the file that cannot be removed, and
+ that will allow a shredded file to be recovered later.
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Colin Plumb.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for shred is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and shred programs are prop-
+ erly installed at your site, the command
+
+ info shred
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+shred 5.3.0 January 2005 SHRED(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/sleep.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/sleep.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ed8ec7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/sleep.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+SLEEP(1) User Commands SLEEP(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ sleep - delay for a specified amount of time
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ sleep NUMBER[SUFFIX]...
+ sleep OPTION
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Pause for NUMBER seconds. SUFFIX may be `s' for seconds
+ (the default), `m' for minutes, `h' for hours or `d' for
+ days. Unlike most implementations that require NUMBER
+ be an integer, here NUMBER may be an arbitrary floating
+ point number.
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Jim Meyering and Paul Eggert.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for sleep is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and sleep programs are prop-
+ erly installed at your site, the command
+
+ info sleep
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+sleep 5.3.0 November 2004 SLEEP(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/sort.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/sort.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87be6a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/sort.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+SORT(1) User Commands SORT(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ sort - sort lines of text files
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ sort [OPTION]... [FILE]...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Write sorted concatenation of all FILE(s) to standard
+ output.
+
+ Ordering options:
+
+ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for
+ short options too.
+
+ -b, --ignore-leading-blanks ignore leading blanks
+
+ -d, --dictionary-order
+ consider only blanks and alphanumeric characters
+
+ -f, --ignore-case
+ fold lower case to upper case characters
+
+ -g, --general-numeric-sort
+ compare according to general numerical value
+
+ -i, --ignore-nonprinting
+ consider only printable characters
+
+ -M, --month-sort
+ compare (unknown) < `JAN' < ... < `DEC'
+
+ -n, --numeric-sort
+ compare according to string numerical value
+
+ -r, --reverse
+ reverse the result of comparisons
+
+ Other options:
+
+ -c, --check
+ check whether input is sorted; do not sort
+
+ -k, --key=POS1[,POS2]
+ start a key at POS1, end it at POS 2 (origin 1)
+
+ -m, --merge
+ merge already sorted files; do not sort
+
+ -o, --output=FILE
+ write result to FILE instead of standard output
+
+ -s, --stable
+ stabilize sort by disabling last-resort compari-
+ son
+
+ -S, --buffer-size=SIZE
+ use SIZE for main memory buffer
+
+ -t, --field-separator=SEP use SEP instead of non-blank
+ to blank transition
+
+ -T, --temporary-directory=DIR
+ use DIR for temporaries, not $TMPDIR or /tmp;
+ multiple options specify multiple directories
+
+ -u, --unique
+ with -c, check for strict ordering; without -c,
+ output only the first of an equal run
+
+ -z, --zero-terminated
+ end lines with 0 byte, not newline
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ POS is F[.C][OPTS], where F is the field number and C
+ the character position in the field. OPTS is one or
+ more single-letter ordering options, which override
+ global ordering options for that key. If no key is
+ given, use the entire line as the key.
+
+ SIZE may be followed by the following multiplicative
+ suffixes: % 1% of memory, b 1, K 1024 (default), and so
+ on for M, G, T, P, E, Z, Y.
+
+ With no FILE, or when FILE is -, read standard input.
+
+ *** WARNING *** The locale specified by the environment
+ affects sort order. Set LC_ALL=C to get the traditional
+ sort order that uses native byte values.
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Mike Haertel and Paul Eggert.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for sort is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and sort programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info sort
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+sort 5.3.0 December 2004 SORT(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/split.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/split.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..732a758
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/split.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+SPLIT(1) User Commands SPLIT(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ split - split a file into pieces
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ split [OPTION] [INPUT [PREFIX]]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Output fixed-size pieces of INPUT to PREFIXaa, PREFIXab,
+ ...; default PREFIX is `x'. With no INPUT, or when
+ INPUT is -, read standard input.
+
+ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for
+ short options too.
+
+ -a, --suffix-length=N
+ use suffixes of length N (default 2)
+
+ -b, --bytes=SIZE
+ put SIZE bytes per output file
+
+ -C, --line-bytes=SIZE
+ put at most SIZE bytes of lines per output file
+
+ -d, --numeric-suffixes
+ use numeric suffixes instead of alphabetic
+
+ -l, --lines=NUMBER
+ put NUMBER lines per output file
+
+ --verbose
+ print a diagnostic to standard error just before
+ each output file is opened
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ SIZE may have a multiplier suffix: b for 512, k for 1K,
+ m for 1 Meg.
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Torbjorn Granlund and Richard M. Stallman.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for split is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and split programs are prop-
+ erly installed at your site, the command
+
+ info split
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+split 5.3.0 December 2004 SPLIT(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/stat.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/stat.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ddb9d58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/stat.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+STAT(1) User Commands STAT(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ stat - display file or file system status
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ stat [OPTION] FILE...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Display file or file system status.
+
+ -f, --file-system
+ display file system status instead of file status
+
+ -c --format=FORMAT
+ use the specified FORMAT instead of the default
+
+ -L, --dereference
+ follow links
+
+ -t, --terse
+ print the information in terse form
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ The valid format sequences for files (without
+ --file-system):
+
+ %A Access rights in human readable form
+
+ %a Access rights in octal
+
+ %B The size in bytes of each block reported by `%b'
+
+ %b Number of blocks allocated (see %B)
+
+ %D Device number in hex
+
+ %d Device number in decimal
+
+ %F File type
+
+ %f Raw mode in hex
+
+ %G Group name of owner
+
+ %g Group ID of owner
+
+ %h Number of hard links
+
+ %i Inode number
+
+ %N Quoted File name with dereference if symbolic
+ link
+
+ %n File name
+
+ %o IO block size
+
+ %s Total size, in bytes
+
+ %T Minor device type in hex
+
+ %t Major device type in hex
+
+ %U User name of owner
+
+ %u User ID of owner
+
+ %X Time of last access as seconds since Epoch
+
+ %x Time of last access
+
+ %Y Time of last modification as seconds since Epoch
+
+ %y Time of last modification
+
+ %Z Time of last change as seconds since Epoch
+
+ %z Time of last change
+
+ Valid format sequences for file systems:
+
+ %a Free blocks available to non-superuser
+
+ %b Total data blocks in file system
+
+ %c Total file nodes in file system
+
+ %d Free file nodes in file system
+
+ %f Free blocks in file system
+
+ %i File System id in hex
+
+ %l Maximum length of filenames
+
+ %n File name
+
+ %s Optimal transfer block size
+
+ %T Type in human readable form
+
+ %t Type in hex
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Michael Meskes.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for stat is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and stat programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info stat
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+stat 5.3.0 November 2004 STAT(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/stty.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/stty.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d1cebf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/stty.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,403 @@
+STTY(1) User Commands STTY(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ stty - change and print terminal line settings
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ stty [-F DEVICE] [--file=DEVICE] [SETTING]...
+ stty [-F DEVICE] [--file=DEVICE] [-a|--all]
+ stty [-F DEVICE] [--file=DEVICE] [-g|--save]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Print or change terminal characteristics.
+
+ -a, --all
+ print all current settings in human-readable form
+
+ -g, --save
+ print all current settings in a stty-readable
+ form
+
+ -F, --file=DEVICE
+ open and use the specified DEVICE instead of
+ stdin
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ Optional - before SETTING indicates negation. An *
+ marks non-POSIX settings. The underlying system defines
+ which settings are available.
+
+ Special characters:
+ * dsusp CHAR
+ CHAR will send a terminal stop signal once input
+ flushed
+
+ eof CHAR
+ CHAR will send an end of file (terminate the
+ input)
+
+ eol CHAR
+ CHAR will end the line
+
+ * eol2 CHAR
+ alternate CHAR for ending the line
+
+ erase CHAR
+ CHAR will erase the last character typed
+
+ intr CHAR
+ CHAR will send an interrupt signal
+
+ kill CHAR
+ CHAR will erase the current line
+
+ * lnext CHAR
+ CHAR will enter the next character quoted
+
+ quit CHAR
+ CHAR will send a quit signal
+
+ * rprnt CHAR
+ CHAR will redraw the current line
+
+ start CHAR
+ CHAR will restart the output after stopping it
+
+ stop CHAR
+ CHAR will stop the output
+
+ susp CHAR
+ CHAR will send a terminal stop signal
+
+ * swtch CHAR
+ CHAR will switch to a different shell layer
+
+ * werase CHAR
+ CHAR will erase the last word typed
+
+ Special settings:
+ N set the input and output speeds to N bauds
+
+ * cols N
+ tell the kernel that the terminal has N columns
+
+ * columns N
+ same as cols N
+
+ ispeed N
+ set the input speed to N
+
+ * line N
+ use line discipline N
+
+ min N with -icanon, set N characters minimum for a com-
+ pleted read
+
+ ospeed N
+ set the output speed to N
+
+ * rows N
+ tell the kernel that the terminal has N rows
+
+ * size print the number of rows and columns according to
+ the kernel
+
+ speed print the terminal speed
+
+ time N with -icanon, set read timeout of N tenths of a
+ second
+
+ Control settings:
+ [-]clocal
+ disable modem control signals
+
+ [-]cread
+ allow input to be received
+
+ * [-]crtscts
+ enable RTS/CTS handshaking
+
+ csN set character size to N bits, N in [5..8]
+
+ [-]cstopb
+ use two stop bits per character (one with `-')
+
+ [-]hup send a hangup signal when the last process closes
+ the tty
+
+ [-]hupcl
+ same as [-]hup
+
+ [-]parenb
+ generate parity bit in output and expect parity
+ bit in input
+
+ [-]parodd
+ set odd parity (even with `-')
+
+ Input settings:
+ [-]brkint
+ breaks cause an interrupt signal
+
+ [-]icrnl
+ translate carriage return to newline
+
+ [-]ignbrk
+ ignore break characters
+
+ [-]igncr
+ ignore carriage return
+
+ [-]ignpar
+ ignore characters with parity errors
+
+ * [-]imaxbel
+ beep and do not flush a full input buffer on a
+ character
+
+ [-]inlcr
+ translate newline to carriage return
+
+ [-]inpck
+ enable input parity checking
+
+ [-]istrip
+ clear high (8th) bit of input characters
+
+ * [-]iutf8
+ assume input characters are UTF-8 encoded
+
+ * [-]iuclc
+ translate uppercase characters to lowercase
+
+ * [-]ixany
+ let any character restart output, not only start
+ character
+
+ [-]ixoff
+ enable sending of start/stop characters
+
+ [-]ixon
+ enable XON/XOFF flow control
+
+ [-]parmrk
+ mark parity errors (with a 255-0-character
+ sequence)
+
+ [-]tandem
+ same as [-]ixoff
+
+ Output settings:
+ * bsN backspace delay style, N in [0..1]
+
+ * crN carriage return delay style, N in [0..3]
+
+ * ffN form feed delay style, N in [0..1]
+
+ * nlN newline delay style, N in [0..1]
+
+ * [-]ocrnl
+ translate carriage return to newline
+
+ * [-]ofdel
+ use delete characters for fill instead of null
+ characters
+
+ * [-]ofill
+ use fill (padding) characters instead of timing
+ for delays
+
+ * [-]olcuc
+ translate lowercase characters to uppercase
+
+ * [-]onlcr
+ translate newline to carriage return-newline
+
+ * [-]onlret
+ newline performs a carriage return
+
+ * [-]onocr
+ do not print carriage returns in the first column
+
+ [-]opost
+ postprocess output
+
+ * tabN horizontal tab delay style, N in [0..3]
+
+ * tabs same as tab0
+
+ * -tabs
+ same as tab3
+
+ * vtN vertical tab delay style, N in [0..1]
+
+ Local settings:
+ [-]crterase
+ echo erase characters as
+ backspace-space-backspace
+
+ * crtkill
+ kill all line by obeying the echoprt and echoe
+ settings
+
+ * -crtkill
+ kill all line by obeying the echoctl and echok
+ settings
+
+ * [-]ctlecho
+ echo control characters in hat notation (`^c')
+
+ [-]echo
+ echo input characters
+
+ * [-]echoctl
+ same as [-]ctlecho
+
+ [-]echoe
+ same as [-]crterase
+
+ [-]echok
+ echo a newline after a kill character
+
+ * [-]echoke
+ same as [-]crtkill
+
+ [-]echonl
+ echo newline even if not echoing other characters
+
+ * [-]echoprt
+ echo erased characters backward, between `\' and
+ '/'
+
+ [-]icanon
+ enable erase, kill, werase, and rprnt special
+ characters
+
+ [-]iexten
+ enable non-POSIX special characters
+
+ [-]isig
+ enable interrupt, quit, and suspend special char-
+ acters
+
+ [-]noflsh
+ disable flushing after interrupt and quit special
+ characters
+
+ * [-]prterase
+ same as [-]echoprt
+
+ * [-]tostop
+ stop background jobs that try to write to the
+ terminal
+
+ * [-]xcase
+ with icanon, escape with `\' for uppercase char-
+ acters
+
+ Combination settings:
+ * [-]LCASE
+ same as [-]lcase
+
+ cbreak same as -icanon
+
+ -cbreak
+ same as icanon
+
+ cooked same as brkint ignpar istrip icrnl ixon opost
+ isig icanon, eof and eol characters to their
+ default values
+
+ -cooked
+ same as raw
+
+ crt same as echoe echoctl echoke
+
+ dec same as echoe echoctl echoke -ixany intr ^c erase
+ 0177 kill ^u
+
+ * [-]decctlq
+ same as [-]ixany
+
+ ek erase and kill characters to their default values
+
+ evenp same as parenb -parodd cs7
+
+ -evenp same as -parenb cs8
+
+ * [-]lcase
+ same as xcase iuclc olcuc
+
+ litout same as -parenb -istrip -opost cs8
+
+ -litout
+ same as parenb istrip opost cs7
+
+ nl same as -icrnl -onlcr
+
+ -nl same as icrnl -inlcr -igncr onlcr -ocrnl -onlret
+
+ oddp same as parenb parodd cs7
+
+ -oddp same as -parenb cs8
+
+ [-]parity
+ same as [-]evenp
+
+ pass8 same as -parenb -istrip cs8
+
+ -pass8 same as parenb istrip cs7
+
+ raw same as -ignbrk -brkint -ignpar -parmrk -inpck
+ -istrip -inlcr -igncr -icrnl -ixon -ixoff
+ -iuclc -ixany -imaxbel -opost -isig -icanon
+ -xcase min 1 time 0
+
+ -raw same as cooked
+
+ sane same as cread -ignbrk brkint -inlcr -igncr icrnl
+ -iutf8 -ixoff -iuclc -ixany imaxbel opost -olcuc
+ -ocrnl onlcr -onocr -onlret -ofill -ofdel nl0 cr0
+ tab0 bs0 vt0 ff0 isig icanon iexten echo echoe
+ echok -echonl -noflsh -xcase -tostop -echoprt
+ echoctl echoke, all special characters to their
+ default values.
+
+ Handle the tty line connected to standard input. With-
+ out arguments, prints baud rate, line discipline, and
+ deviations from stty sane. In settings, CHAR is taken
+ literally, or coded as in ^c, 0x37, 0177 or 127; special
+ values ^- or undef used to disable special characters.
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by David MacKenzie.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for stty is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and stty programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info stty
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+stty 5.3.0 November 2004 STTY(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/su.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/su.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..641c0ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/su.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+SU(1) User Commands SU(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ su - run a shell with substitute user and group IDs
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ su [OPTION]... [-] [USER [ARG]...]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Change the effective user id and group id to that of
+ USER.
+
+ -, -l, --login
+ make the shell a login shell
+
+ -c, --commmand=COMMAND
+ pass a single COMMAND to the shell with -c
+
+ -f, --fast
+ pass -f to the shell (for csh or tcsh)
+
+ -m, --preserve-environment
+ do not reset environment variables
+
+ -p same as -m
+
+ -s, --shell=SHELL
+ run SHELL if /etc/shells allows it
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ A mere - implies -l. If USER not given, assume root.
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by David MacKenzie.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for su is maintained as a Texinfo
+ manual. If the info and su programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info su
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+su 5.3.0 November 2004 SU(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/sum.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/sum.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b646973
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/sum.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+SUM(1) User Commands SUM(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ sum - checksum and count the blocks in a file
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ sum [OPTION]... [FILE]...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Print checksum and block counts for each FILE.
+
+ -r defeat -s, use BSD sum algorithm, use 1K blocks
+
+ -s, --sysv
+ use System V sum algorithm, use 512 bytes blocks
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ With no FILE, or when FILE is -, read standard input.
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Kayvan Aghaiepour and David MacKenzie.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for sum is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and sum programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info sum
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+sum 5.3.0 November 2004 SUM(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/sync.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/sync.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c0e5b8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/sync.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+SYNC(1) User Commands SYNC(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ sync - flush file system buffers
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ sync [OPTION]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Force changed blocks to disk, update the super block.
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Jim Meyering.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for sync is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and sync programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info sync
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+sync (coreutils) 5.3.0 November 2004 SYNC(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/tac.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/tac.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..10828c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/tac.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+TAC(1) User Commands TAC(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ tac - concatenate and print files in reverse
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ tac [OPTION]... [FILE]...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Write each FILE to standard output, last line first.
+ With no FILE, or when FILE is -, read standard input.
+
+ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for
+ short options too.
+
+ -b, --before
+ attach the separator before instead of after
+
+ -r, --regex
+ interpret the separator as a regular expression
+
+ -s, --separator=STRING
+ use STRING as the separator instead of newline
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Jay Lepreau and David MacKenzie.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for tac is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and tac programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info tac
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+tac 5.3.0 December 2004 TAC(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/tail.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/tail.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cc9401f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/tail.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+TAIL(1) User Commands TAIL(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ tail - output the last part of files
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ tail [OPTION]... [FILE]...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Print the last 10 lines of each FILE to standard output.
+ With more than one FILE, precede each with a header giv-
+ ing the file name. With no FILE, or when FILE is -,
+ read standard input.
+
+ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for
+ short options too.
+
+ --retry
+ keep trying to open a file even if it is inacces-
+ sible when tail starts or if it becomes inacces-
+ sible later; useful when following by name, i.e.,
+ with --follow=name
+
+ -c, --bytes=N
+ output the last N bytes
+
+ -f, --follow[={name|descriptor}]
+ output appended data as the file grows; -f,
+ --follow, and --follow=descriptor are equivalent
+
+ -F same as --follow=name --retry
+
+ -n, --lines=N
+ output the last N lines, instead of the last 10
+
+ --max-unchanged-stats=N
+ with --follow=name, reopen a FILE which has not
+ changed size after N (default 5) iterations to
+ see if it has been unlinked or renamed (this is
+ the usual case of rotated log files)
+
+ --pid=PID
+ with -f, terminate after process ID, PID dies
+
+ -q, --quiet, --silent
+ never output headers giving file names
+
+ -s, --sleep-interval=S
+ with -f, sleep for approximately S seconds
+ (default 1.0) between iterations.
+
+ -v, --verbose
+ always output headers giving file names
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ If the first character of N (the number of bytes or
+ lines) is a `+', print beginning with the Nth item from
+ the start of each file, otherwise, print the last N
+ items in the file. N may have a multiplier suffix: b
+ 512, k 1024, m 1024*1024.
+
+ With --follow (-f), tail defaults to following the file
+ descriptor, which means that even if a tail'ed file is
+ renamed, tail will continue to track its end. This
+ default behavior is not desirable when you really want
+ to track the actual name of the file, not the file
+ descriptor (e.g., log rotation). Use --follow=name in
+ that case. That causes tail to track the named file by
+ reopening it periodically to see if it has been removed
+ and recreated by some other program.
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Paul Rubin, David MacKenzie, Ian Lance Tay-
+ lor, and Jim Meyering.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for tail is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and tail programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info tail
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+tail 5.3.0 December 2004 TAIL(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/tee.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/tee.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..631c857
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/tee.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+TEE(1) User Commands TEE(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ tee - read from standard input and write to standard
+ output and files
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ tee [OPTION]... [FILE]...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Copy standard input to each FILE, and also to standard
+ output.
+
+ -a, --append
+ append to the given FILEs, do not overwrite
+
+ -i, --ignore-interrupts
+ ignore interrupt signals
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ If a FILE is -, copy again to standard output.
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Mike Parker, Richard M. Stallman, and David
+ MacKenzie.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for tee is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and tee programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info tee
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+tee 5.3.0 November 2004 TEE(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/test.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/test.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84d18d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/test.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+TEST(1) User Commands TEST(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ test - check file types and compare values
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ test EXPRESSION
+ test
+
+ [ EXPRESSION ]
+ [ ]
+ [ OPTION
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Exit with the status determined by EXPRESSION.
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ An omitted EXPRESSION defaults to false. Otherwise,
+ EXPRESSION is true or false and sets exit status. It is
+ one of:
+
+ ( EXPRESSION )
+ EXPRESSION is true
+
+ ! EXPRESSION
+ EXPRESSION is false
+
+ EXPRESSION1 -a EXPRESSION2
+ both EXPRESSION1 and EXPRESSION2 are true
+
+ EXPRESSION1 -o EXPRESSION2
+ either EXPRESSION1 or EXPRESSION2 is true
+
+ -n STRING
+ the length of STRING is nonzero
+
+ STRING equivalent to -n STRING
+
+ -z STRING
+ the length of STRING is zero
+
+ STRING1 = STRING2
+ the strings are equal
+
+ STRING1 != STRING2
+ the strings are not equal
+
+ INTEGER1 -eq INTEGER2
+ INTEGER1 is equal to INTEGER2
+
+ INTEGER1 -ge INTEGER2
+ INTEGER1 is greater than or equal to INTEGER2
+
+ INTEGER1 -gt INTEGER2
+ INTEGER1 is greater than INTEGER2
+
+ INTEGER1 -le INTEGER2
+ INTEGER1 is less than or equal to INTEGER2
+
+ INTEGER1 -lt INTEGER2
+ INTEGER1 is less than INTEGER2
+
+ INTEGER1 -ne INTEGER2
+ INTEGER1 is not equal to INTEGER2
+
+ FILE1 -ef FILE2
+ FILE1 and FILE2 have the same device and inode
+ numbers
+
+ FILE1 -nt FILE2
+ FILE1 is newer (modification date) than FILE2
+
+ FILE1 -ot FILE2
+ FILE1 is older than FILE2
+
+ -b FILE
+ FILE exists and is block special
+
+ -c FILE
+ FILE exists and is character special
+
+ -d FILE
+ FILE exists and is a directory
+
+ -e FILE
+ FILE exists
+
+ -f FILE
+ FILE exists and is a regular file
+
+ -g FILE
+ FILE exists and is set-group-ID
+
+ -G FILE
+ FILE exists and is owned by the effective group
+ ID
+
+ -h FILE
+ FILE exists and is a symbolic link (same as -L)
+
+ -k FILE
+ FILE exists and has its sticky bit set
+
+ -L FILE
+ FILE exists and is a symbolic link (same as -h)
+
+ -O FILE
+ FILE exists and is owned by the effective user ID
+
+ -p FILE
+ FILE exists and is a named pipe
+
+ -r FILE
+ FILE exists and read permission is granted
+
+ -s FILE
+ FILE exists and has a size greater than zero
+
+ -S FILE
+ FILE exists and is a socket
+
+ -t FD file descriptor FD is opened on a terminal
+
+ -u FILE
+ FILE exists and its set-user-ID bit is set
+
+ -w FILE
+ FILE exists and write permission is granted
+
+ -x FILE
+ FILE exists and execute (or search) permission is
+ granted
+
+ Except for -h and -L, all FILE-related tests dereference
+ symbolic links. Beware that parentheses need to be
+ escaped (e.g., by backslashes) for shells. INTEGER may
+ also be -l STRING, which evaluates to the length of
+ STRING.
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Kevin Braunsdorf and Matthew Bradburn.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for test is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and test programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info test
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+test 5.3.0 November 2004 TEST(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/touch.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/touch.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4b7513e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/touch.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+TOUCH(1) User Commands TOUCH(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ touch - change file timestamps
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ touch [OPTION]... FILE...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Update the access and modification times of each FILE to
+ the current time.
+
+ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for
+ short options too.
+
+ -a change only the access time
+
+ -c, --no-create
+ do not create any files
+
+ -d, --date=STRING
+ parse STRING and use it instead of current time
+
+ -f (ignored)
+
+ -m change only the modification time
+
+ -r, --reference=FILE
+ use this file's times instead of current time
+
+ -t STAMP
+ use [[CC]YY]MMDDhhmm[.ss] instead of current time
+
+ --time=WORD
+ change the specified time: WORD is access, atime,
+ or use: equivalent to -a WORD is modify or mtime:
+ equivalent to -m
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ Note that the -d and -t options accept different
+ time-date formats.
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Paul Rubin, Arnold Robbins, Jim Kingdon,
+ David MacKenzie, and Randy Smith.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for touch is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and touch programs are prop-
+ erly installed at your site, the command
+
+ info touch
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+touch 5.3.0 November 2004 TOUCH(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/tr.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/tr.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..57bc3e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/tr.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+TR(1) User Commands TR(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ tr - translate or delete characters
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ tr [OPTION]... SET1 [SET2]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Translate, squeeze, and/or delete characters from stan-
+ dard input, writing to standard output.
+
+ -c, -C, --complement
+ first complement SET1
+
+ -d, --delete
+ delete characters in SET1, do not translate
+
+ -s, --squeeze-repeats
+ replace each input sequence of a repeated charac-
+ ter that is listed in SET1 with a single occur-
+ rence of that character
+
+ -t, --truncate-set1
+ first truncate SET1 to length of SET2
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ SETs are specified as strings of characters. Most rep-
+ resent themselves. Interpreted sequences are:
+
+ \NNN character with octal value NNN (1 to 3 octal dig-
+ its)
+
+ \\ backslash
+
+ \a audible BEL
+
+ \b backspace
+
+ \f form feed
+
+ \n new line
+
+ \r return
+
+ \t horizontal tab
+
+ \v vertical tab
+
+ CHAR1-CHAR2
+ all characters from CHAR1 to CHAR2 in ascending
+ order
+
+ [CHAR*]
+ in SET2, copies of CHAR until length of SET1
+
+ [CHAR*REPEAT]
+ REPEAT copies of CHAR, REPEAT octal if starting
+ with 0
+
+ [:alnum:]
+ all letters and digits
+
+ [:alpha:]
+ all letters
+
+ [:blank:]
+ all horizontal whitespace
+
+ [:cntrl:]
+ all control characters
+
+ [:digit:]
+ all digits
+
+ [:graph:]
+ all printable characters, not including space
+
+ [:lower:]
+ all lower case letters
+
+ [:print:]
+ all printable characters, including space
+
+ [:punct:]
+ all punctuation characters
+
+ [:space:]
+ all horizontal or vertical whitespace
+
+ [:upper:]
+ all upper case letters
+
+ [:xdigit:]
+ all hexadecimal digits
+
+ [=CHAR=]
+ all characters which are equivalent to CHAR
+
+ Translation occurs if -d is not given and both SET1 and
+ SET2 appear. -t may be used only when translating.
+ SET2 is extended to length of SET1 by repeating its last
+ character as necessary. Excess characters of SET2 are
+ ignored. Only [:lower:] and [:upper:] are guaranteed to
+ expand in ascending order; used in SET2 while translat-
+ ing, they may only be used in pairs to specify case con-
+ version. -s uses SET1 if not translating nor deleting;
+ else squeezing uses SET2 and occurs after translation or
+ deletion.
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Jim Meyering.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for tr is maintained as a Texinfo
+ manual. If the info and tr programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info tr
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+tr 5.3.0 November 2004 TR(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/true.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/true.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a8931d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/true.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+TRUE(1) User Commands TRUE(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ true - do nothing, successfully
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ true [ignored command line arguments]
+ true OPTION
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Exit with a status code indicating success.
+
+ These option names may not be abbreviated.
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Jim Meyering.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for true is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and true programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info true
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+true 5.3.0 November 2004 TRUE(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/tsort.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/tsort.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..724d404
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/tsort.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+TSORT(1) User Commands TSORT(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ tsort - perform topological sort
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ tsort [OPTION] [FILE]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Write totally ordered list consistent with the partial
+ ordering in FILE. With no FILE, or when FILE is -, read
+ standard input.
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Mark Kettenis.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for tsort is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and tsort programs are prop-
+ erly installed at your site, the command
+
+ info tsort
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+tsort (coreutils) 5.3.0 November 2004 TSORT(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/tty.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/tty.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb23ff3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/tty.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+TTY(1) User Commands TTY(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ tty - print the file name of the terminal connected to
+ standard input
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ tty [OPTION]...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Print the file name of the terminal connected to stan-
+ dard input.
+
+ -s, --silent, --quiet
+ print nothing, only return an exit status
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by David MacKenzie.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for tty is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and tty programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info tty
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+tty 5.3.0 November 2004 TTY(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/uname.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/uname.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..43c2a1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/uname.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+UNAME(1) User Commands UNAME(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ uname - print system information
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ uname [OPTION]...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Print certain system information. With no OPTION, same
+ as -s.
+
+ -a, --all
+ print all information, in the following order:
+
+ -s, --kernel-name
+ print the kernel name
+
+ -n, --nodename
+ print the network node hostname
+
+ -r, --kernel-release
+ print the kernel release
+
+ -v, --kernel-version
+ print the kernel version
+
+ -m, --machine
+ print the machine hardware name
+
+ -p, --processor
+ print the processor type
+
+ -i, --hardware-platform
+ print the hardware platform
+
+ -o, --operating-system
+ print the operating system
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by David MacKenzie.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for uname is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and uname programs are prop-
+ erly installed at your site, the command
+
+ info uname
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+uname 5.3.0 November 2004 UNAME(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/unexpand.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/unexpand.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9d2c73b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/unexpand.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+UNEXPAND(1) User Commands UNEXPAND(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ unexpand - convert spaces to tabs
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ unexpand [OPTION]... [FILE]...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Convert blanks in each FILE to tabs, writing to standard
+ output. With no FILE, or when FILE is -, read standard
+ input.
+
+ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for
+ short options too.
+
+ -a, --all
+ convert all blanks, instead of just initial
+ blanks
+
+ --first-only convert only leading sequences of blanks
+ (overrides -a)
+
+ -t, --tabs=N
+ have tabs N characters apart instead of 8
+ (enables -a)
+
+ -t, --tabs=LIST
+ use comma separated LIST of tab positions
+ (enables -a)
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by David MacKenzie.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ expand(1)
+
+ The full documentation for unexpand is maintained as a
+ Texinfo manual. If the info and unexpand programs are
+ properly installed at your site, the command
+
+ info unexpand
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+unexpand 5.3.0 November 2004 UNEXPAND(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/uniq.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/uniq.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c4988db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/uniq.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+UNIQ(1) User Commands UNIQ(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ uniq - report or omit repeated lines
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ uniq [OPTION]... [INPUT [OUTPUT]]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Discard all but one of successive identical lines from
+ INPUT (or standard input), writing to OUTPUT (or stan-
+ dard output).
+
+ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for
+ short options too.
+
+ -c, --count
+ prefix lines by the number of occurrences
+
+ -d, --repeated
+ only print duplicate lines
+
+ -D, --all-repeated[=delimit-method] print all duplicate
+ lines
+ delimit-method={none(default),prepend,separate}
+ Delimiting is done with blank lines.
+
+ -f, --skip-fields=N
+ avoid comparing the first N fields
+
+ -i, --ignore-case
+ ignore differences in case when comparing
+
+ -s, --skip-chars=N
+ avoid comparing the first N characters
+
+ -u, --unique
+ only print unique lines
+
+ -w, --check-chars=N
+ compare no more than N characters in lines
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ A field is a run of whitespace, then non-whitespace
+ characters. Fields are skipped before chars.
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Richard Stallman and David MacKenzie.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for uniq is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and uniq programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info uniq
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+uniq 5.3.0 December 2004 UNIQ(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/unlink.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/unlink.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3267e2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/unlink.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+UNLINK(1) User Commands UNLINK(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ unlink - call the unlink function to remove the speci-
+ fied file
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ unlink FILE
+ unlink OPTION
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Call the unlink function to remove the specified FILE.
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Michael Stone.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for unlink is maintained as a
+ Texinfo manual. If the info and unlink programs are
+ properly installed at your site, the command
+
+ info unlink
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+unlink 5.3.0 November 2004 UNLINK(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/uptime.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/uptime.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..16ddbbf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/uptime.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+UPTIME(1) User Commands UPTIME(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ uptime - tell how long the system has been running
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ uptime [OPTION]... [ FILE ]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Print the current time, the length of time the system
+ has been up, the number of users on the system, and the
+ average number of jobs in the run queue over the last 1,
+ 5 and 15 minutes. If FILE is not specified, use
+ /var/run/utmp. /var/log/wtmp as FILE is common.
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Joseph Arceneaux, David MacKenzie, and Kaveh
+ Ghazi.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for uptime is maintained as a
+ Texinfo manual. If the info and uptime programs are
+ properly installed at your site, the command
+
+ info uptime
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+uptime 5.3.0 November 2004 UPTIME(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/users.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/users.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9146363
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/users.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+USERS(1) User Commands USERS(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ users - print the user names of users currently logged
+ in to the current host
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ users [OPTION]... [ FILE ]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Output who is currently logged in according to FILE. If
+ FILE is not specified, use /var/run/utmp. /var/log/wtmp
+ as FILE is common.
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Joseph Arceneaux and David MacKenzie.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for users is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and users programs are prop-
+ erly installed at your site, the command
+
+ info users
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+users 5.3.0 November 2004 USERS(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/vdir.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/vdir.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aaae259
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/vdir.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+VDIR(1) User Commands VDIR(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ vdir - list directory contents
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ vdir [OPTION]... [FILE]...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ List information about the FILEs (the current directory
+ by default). Sort entries alphabetically if none of
+ -cftuSUX nor --sort.
+
+ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for
+ short options too.
+
+ -a, --all
+ do not ignore entries starting with .
+
+ -A, --almost-all
+ do not list implied . and ..
+
+ --author
+ with -l, print the author of each file
+
+ -b, --escape
+ print octal escapes for nongraphic characters
+
+ --block-size=SIZE
+ use SIZE-byte blocks
+
+ -B, --ignore-backups
+ do not list implied entries ending with ~
+
+ -c with -lt: sort by, and show, ctime (time of last
+ modification of file status information) with -l:
+ show ctime and sort by name otherwise: sort by
+ ctime
+
+ -C list entries by columns
+
+ --color[=WHEN]
+ control whether color is used to distinguish file
+ types. WHEN may be `never', `always', or `auto'
+
+ -d, --directory
+ list directory entries instead of contents, and
+ do not dereference symbolic links
+
+ -D, --dired
+ generate output designed for Emacs' dired mode
+
+ -f do not sort, enable -aU, disable -lst
+
+ -F, --classify
+ append indicator (one of */=@|) to entries
+
+ --format=WORD
+ across -x, commas -m, horizontal -x, long -l,
+ single-column -1, verbose -l, vertical -C
+
+ --full-time
+ like -l --time-style=full-iso
+
+ -g like -l, but do not list owner
+
+ -G, --no-group
+ like -l, but do not list group
+
+ -h, --human-readable
+ with -l, print sizes in human readable format
+ (e.g., 1K 234M 2G)
+
+ --si likewise, but use powers of 1000 not 1024
+
+ -H, --dereference-command-line
+ follow symbolic links listed on the command line
+
+ --dereference-command-line-symlink-to-dir
+ follow each command line symbolic link that
+ points to a directory
+
+ --hide=PATTERN
+ do not list implied entries matching shell PAT-
+ TERN (overridden by -a or -A)
+
+ --indicator-style=WORD append indicator with style WORD
+ to entry names:
+ none (default), classify (-F), file-type (-p)
+
+ -i, --inode
+ with -l, print the index number of each file
+
+ -I, --ignore=PATTERN
+ do not list implied entries matching shell PAT-
+ TERN
+
+ -k like --block-size=1K
+
+ -l use a long listing format
+
+ -L, --dereference
+ when showing file information for a symbolic
+ link, show information for the file the link ref-
+ erences rather than for the link itself
+
+ -m fill width with a comma separated list of entries
+
+ -n, --numeric-uid-gid
+ like -l, but list numeric UIDs and GIDs
+
+ -N, --literal
+ print raw entry names (don't treat e.g. control
+ characters specially)
+
+ -o like -l, but do not list group information
+
+ -p, --file-type
+ append indicator (one of /=@|) to entries
+
+ -q, --hide-control-chars
+ print ? instead of non graphic characters
+
+ --show-control-chars
+ show non graphic characters as-is (default unless
+ program is `ls' and output is a terminal)
+
+ -Q, --quote-name
+ enclose entry names in double quotes
+
+ --quoting-style=WORD
+ use quoting style WORD for entry names: literal,
+ locale, shell, shell-always, c, escape
+
+ -r, --reverse
+ reverse order while sorting
+
+ -R, --recursive
+ list subdirectories recursively
+
+ -s, --size
+ with -l, print size of each file, in blocks
+
+ -S sort by file size
+
+ --sort=WORD
+ extension -X, none -U, size -S, time -t, version
+ -v, status -c, time -t, atime -u, access -u, use
+ -u
+
+ --time=WORD
+ with -l, show time as WORD instead of modifica-
+ tion time: atime, access, use, ctime or status;
+ use specified time as sort key if --sort=time
+
+ --time-style=STYLE
+ with -l, show times using style STYLE: full-iso,
+ long-iso, iso, locale, +FORMAT. FORMAT is inter-
+ preted like `date'; if FORMAT is FORMAT1<new-
+ line>FORMAT2, FORMAT1 applies to non-recent files
+ and FORMAT2 to recent files; if STYLE is prefixed
+ with `posix-', STYLE takes effect only outside
+ the POSIX locale
+
+ -t sort by modification time
+
+ -T, --tabsize=COLS
+ assume tab stops at each COLS instead of 8
+
+ -u with -lt: sort by, and show, access time with -l:
+ show access time and sort by name otherwise: sort
+ by access time
+
+ -U do not sort; list entries in directory order
+
+ -v sort by version
+
+ -w, --width=COLS
+ assume screen width instead of current value
+
+ -x list entries by lines instead of by columns
+
+ -X sort alphabetically by entry extension
+
+ -1 list one file per line
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ SIZE may be (or may be an integer optionally followed
+ by) one of following: kB 1000, K 1024, MB 1000*1000, M
+ 1024*1024, and so on for G, T, P, E, Z, Y.
+
+ By default, color is not used to distinguish types of
+ files. That is equivalent to using --color=none. Using
+ the --color option without the optional WHEN argument is
+ equivalent to using --color=always. With --color=auto,
+ color codes are output only if standard output is con-
+ nected to a terminal (tty).
+
+ Exit status is 0 if OK, 1 if minor problems, 2 if seri-
+ ous trouble.
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Richard Stallman and David MacKenzie.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for vdir is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and vdir programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info vdir
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+vdir 5.3.0 December 2004 VDIR(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/wc.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/wc.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2038c23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/wc.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+WC(1) User Commands WC(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ wc - print the number of newlines, words, and bytes in
+ files
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ wc [OPTION]... [FILE]...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Print newline, word, and byte counts for each FILE, and
+ a total line if more than one FILE is specified. With
+ no FILE, or when FILE is -, read standard input.
+
+ -c, --bytes
+ print the byte counts
+
+ -m, --chars
+ print the character counts
+
+ -l, --lines
+ print the newline counts
+
+ -L, --max-line-length
+ print the length of the longest line
+
+ -w, --words
+ print the word counts
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Paul Rubin and David MacKenzie.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for wc is maintained as a Texinfo
+ manual. If the info and wc programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info wc
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+wc 5.3.0 November 2004 WC(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/who.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/who.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1520566
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/who.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+WHO(1) User Commands WHO(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ who - show who is logged on
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ who [OPTION]... [ FILE | ARG1 ARG2 ]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ -a, --all
+ same as -b -d --login -p -r -t -T -u
+
+ -b, --boot
+ time of last system boot
+
+ -d, --dead
+ print dead processes
+
+ -H, --heading
+ print line of column headings
+
+ -i, --idle
+ add idle time as HOURS:MINUTES, . or old (depre-
+ cated, use -u)
+
+ -l, --login
+ print system login processes
+
+ --lookup
+ attempt to canonicalize hostnames via DNS
+
+ -m only hostname and user associated with stdin
+
+ -p, --process
+ print active processes spawned by init
+
+ -q, --count
+ all login names and number of users logged on
+
+ -r, --runlevel
+ print current runlevel
+
+ -s, --short
+ print only name, line, and time (default)
+
+ -t, --time
+ print last system clock change
+
+ -T, -w, --mesg
+ add user's message status as +, - or ?
+
+ -u, --users
+ list users logged in
+
+ --message
+ same as -T
+
+ --writable
+ same as -T
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+ If FILE is not specified, use /var/run/utmp.
+ /var/log/wtmp as FILE is common. If ARG1 ARG2 given, -m
+ presumed: `am i' or `mom likes' are usual.
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Joseph Arceneaux, David MacKenzie, and
+ Michael Stone.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for who is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and who programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info who
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+who 5.3.0 November 2004 WHO(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/whoami.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/whoami.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..042e606
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/whoami.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+WHOAMI(1) User Commands WHOAMI(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ whoami - print effective userid
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ whoami [OPTION]...
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Print the user name associated with the current effec-
+ tive user id. Same as id -un.
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by Richard Mlynarik.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for whoami is maintained as a
+ Texinfo manual. If the info and whoami programs are
+ properly installed at your site, the command
+
+ info whoami
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+whoami 5.3.0 November 2004 WHOAMI(1)
diff --git a/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/yes.1.txt b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/yes.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..14757bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/coreutils-5.3.0-bin/man/cat1/yes.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+YES(1) User Commands YES(1)
+
+
+
+
+
+NAME
+ yes - output a string repeatedly until killed
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ yes [STRING]...
+ yes OPTION
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ Repeatedly output a line with all specified STRING(s),
+ or `y'.
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+
+ --version
+ output version information and exit
+
+AUTHOR
+ Written by David MacKenzie.
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+ Report bugs to <bug-coreutils@gnu.org>.
+
+COPYRIGHT
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This is free software; see the source for copying condi-
+ tions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABIL-
+ ITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SEE ALSO
+ The full documentation for yes is maintained as a Tex-
+ info manual. If the info and yes programs are properly
+ installed at your site, the command
+
+ info yes
+
+ should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+
+yes 5.3.0 December 2004 YES(1)